1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
60 #include "xml-syscall.h"
61 #include "parser-defs.h"
62 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
65 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "dummy-frame.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
114 struct linespec_result *,
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
119 struct linespec_result *,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype,
121 enum bpdisp, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
139 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
142 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
143 const struct symtab_and_line *);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
148 struct symtab_and_line,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
152 static struct breakpoint *
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
165 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
166 struct obj_section *, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
169 struct bp_location *loc2);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
172 struct address_space *aspace,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
200 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
212 int *other_type_used);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static int find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
238 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
285 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
287 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
293 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
295 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
297 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
299 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
301 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
304 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
306 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
308 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
310 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
311 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
312 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
315 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
318 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
319 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
321 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
322 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
324 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
326 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
328 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
329 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
331 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
332 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
334 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
337 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
338 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
340 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
341 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
342 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
343 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
344 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
345 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
347 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
348 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
349 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
350 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
356 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
358 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
359 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
360 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
361 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
363 static char *dprintf_function = "";
365 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
366 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
367 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
368 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
369 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
370 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
371 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
373 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
375 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
377 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
379 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
380 breakpoints share a single command list. */
381 struct counted_command_line
383 /* The reference count. */
386 /* The command list. */
387 struct command_line *commands;
390 struct command_line *
391 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
393 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
396 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
397 current breakpoint. */
399 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
402 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
404 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
405 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
407 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
409 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
412 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
413 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
414 if such is available. */
415 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
418 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
419 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 fprintf_filtered (file,
423 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
424 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
428 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
429 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
430 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
431 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
432 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
434 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
435 struct cmd_list_element *c,
438 fprintf_filtered (file,
439 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
440 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
445 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
446 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
447 use hardware breakpoints. */
448 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
450 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
451 struct cmd_list_element *c,
454 fprintf_filtered (file,
455 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
459 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
460 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
461 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
462 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
463 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
464 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
465 processing user input. */
466 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
469 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
470 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
472 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
477 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
479 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
481 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
482 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
483 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
486 else if (target_has_execution)
488 struct thread_info *tp;
490 if (always_inserted_mode)
492 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
497 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp)
506 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
508 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
509 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
510 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
511 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
512 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
513 condition_evaluation_auto,
514 condition_evaluation_host,
515 condition_evaluation_target,
519 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
520 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
522 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
523 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
524 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
526 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
527 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
528 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
532 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
534 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
536 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
537 return condition_evaluation_target;
539 return condition_evaluation_host;
545 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
548 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
550 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
553 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
557 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
559 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
561 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
564 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
566 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
567 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
569 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
570 static int overlay_events_enabled;
572 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
573 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
575 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
577 current breakpoint. */
579 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
581 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
582 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
583 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
586 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
587 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
588 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
591 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
592 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
595 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
596 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
597 to where the loop should start from.
598 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
599 appropriate location to start with. */
601 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
602 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
603 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
605 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
606 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
609 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
611 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
612 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
613 if (is_tracepoint (B))
615 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
617 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
619 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
621 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
623 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
625 static unsigned bp_location_count;
627 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
628 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
629 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
630 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
631 an address you need to read. */
633 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
635 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
636 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
637 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
638 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
639 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
641 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
643 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
644 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
646 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
648 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
650 static int breakpoint_count;
652 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
653 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
654 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
655 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
656 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
658 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
660 static int tracepoint_count;
662 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
663 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
664 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
666 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
668 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
670 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
673 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
676 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
678 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
679 breakpoint_count = num;
680 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
683 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
684 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
685 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
687 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
691 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
693 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
696 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
700 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
702 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
705 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
708 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
710 struct breakpoint *b;
716 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
717 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
719 static struct counted_command_line *
720 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
722 struct counted_command_line *result
723 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
726 result->commands = commands;
730 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
733 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
739 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
740 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
741 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
744 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
748 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
750 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
757 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
760 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
762 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
765 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
768 static struct cleanup *
769 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
771 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
775 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
776 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
779 get_breakpoint (int num)
781 struct breakpoint *b;
784 if (b->number == num)
792 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
793 evaluating conditions on its side. */
796 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
798 struct bp_location *loc;
800 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
801 evaluating conditions and if the user has
802 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
804 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
805 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
808 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
811 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
812 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
815 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
816 evaluating conditions on its side. */
819 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
821 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
822 evaluating conditions and if the user has
823 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
825 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
826 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
830 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
833 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
836 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
837 condition_evaluation_mode. */
840 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
841 struct cmd_list_element *c)
843 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
845 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
846 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
848 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
849 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
850 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
854 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
855 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
857 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
858 settings was "auto". */
859 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
861 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
862 if (new_mode != old_mode)
864 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
865 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
866 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
868 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
869 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
872 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
874 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
876 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
877 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
881 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
882 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
883 target knows about. */
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
885 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
886 loc->needs_update = 1;
890 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
896 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
897 what "auto" is translating to. */
900 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
901 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
903 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
904 fprintf_filtered (file,
905 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
906 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
908 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
910 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
914 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
915 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
916 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
919 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
921 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
922 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
924 if (a->address == b->address)
927 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
930 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
931 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
932 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
935 static struct bp_location **
936 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
938 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
939 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
940 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
942 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
943 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
944 dummy_loc.address = address;
946 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
947 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
948 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
949 bp_location_compare_addrs);
951 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
952 if (locp_found == NULL)
955 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
956 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
957 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
958 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
965 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
968 xfree (b->cond_string);
969 b->cond_string = NULL;
971 if (is_watchpoint (b))
973 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
980 struct bp_location *loc;
982 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
987 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
988 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
989 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
996 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
1000 const char *arg = exp;
1002 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1003 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1004 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
1005 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
1007 if (is_watchpoint (b))
1009 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
1011 innermost_block = NULL;
1013 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1015 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1016 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1020 struct bp_location *loc;
1022 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1026 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1027 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1029 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1033 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1035 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1038 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1040 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1041 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1042 const char *text, const char *word)
1046 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1047 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1051 struct breakpoint *b;
1052 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1056 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1057 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1059 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1062 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1063 len = strlen (text);
1069 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1071 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1072 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1078 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1079 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1080 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1083 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1086 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1088 struct breakpoint *b;
1093 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1096 bnum = get_number (&p);
1098 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1101 if (b->number == bnum)
1103 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1104 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1105 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1106 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1107 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1109 if (extlang != NULL)
1111 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1112 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1113 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1115 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1117 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1118 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1123 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1126 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1127 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1128 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1131 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1133 struct command_line *c;
1135 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1139 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1140 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1141 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1143 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1144 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1146 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1147 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1148 command directly. */
1149 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1150 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1152 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1153 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1157 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1160 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1162 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1163 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1164 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1168 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1170 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1173 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1174 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1178 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1179 struct command_line *commands)
1181 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1183 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1184 struct command_line *c;
1185 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1187 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1188 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1192 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1193 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1194 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1195 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1196 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1197 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1198 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1199 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1200 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1201 tracepoint's context. */
1202 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1204 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1206 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1207 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1208 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1209 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1210 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1211 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "can be used only once"));
1220 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1224 struct command_line *c2;
1226 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1227 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1228 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1230 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1231 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1237 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1241 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1242 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1245 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1247 struct breakpoint *b;
1248 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1249 struct bp_location *loc;
1252 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1254 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1255 if (loc->address == addr)
1256 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1262 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1263 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1266 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1267 struct command_line *commands)
1269 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1271 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1272 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1273 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1276 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1277 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1281 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1283 int old_silent = b->silent;
1286 if (old_silent != silent)
1287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1290 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1291 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1294 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1296 int old_thread = b->thread;
1299 if (old_thread != thread)
1300 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1303 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1304 breakpoint work for any task. */
1307 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1309 int old_task = b->task;
1312 if (old_task != task)
1313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1317 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1319 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1321 validate_actionline (line, b);
1324 /* A structure used to pass information through
1325 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1327 struct commands_info
1329 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1332 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1335 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1336 already-parsed command. */
1337 struct command_line *control;
1339 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1341 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1344 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1345 commands_command. */
1348 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1350 struct commands_info *info = data;
1352 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1354 struct command_line *l;
1356 if (info->control != NULL)
1357 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1360 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1363 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1364 "%s, one per line."),
1367 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1369 l = read_command_lines (str,
1372 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1375 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1378 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1381 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1383 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1385 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1386 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1387 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1388 b->commands = info->cmd;
1389 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1394 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1395 struct command_line *control)
1397 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1398 struct commands_info info;
1400 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1401 info.control = control;
1403 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1404 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1405 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1407 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1409 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1410 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1412 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1413 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1416 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1417 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1418 numbers will fail in this case. */
1423 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1425 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1428 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1432 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1434 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1435 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1437 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1441 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1443 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1446 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1447 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1449 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1450 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1451 enum command_control_type
1452 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1454 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1455 return simple_control;
1458 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1461 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1463 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1467 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1468 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1473 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1474 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1477 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1478 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1479 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1482 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1483 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1484 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1485 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1486 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1488 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1489 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1493 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1494 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1496 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1500 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1502 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1503 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1505 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1507 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1512 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1514 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1519 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1520 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1522 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1523 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1524 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1530 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1531 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1534 if (readbuf != NULL)
1536 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1537 shadow_contents buffer. */
1538 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1539 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1540 + target_info->shadow_len));
1542 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1544 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1545 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1549 const unsigned char *bp;
1550 CORE_ADDR placed_address = target_info->placed_address;
1551 int placed_size = target_info->placed_size;
1553 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1554 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1555 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1557 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1559 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1561 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1562 breakpoint's INSN. */
1563 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1567 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1568 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1570 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1571 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1572 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1574 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1575 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1576 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1577 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1578 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1579 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1580 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1581 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1583 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1586 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1587 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1588 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1590 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1592 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1595 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1596 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1597 report higher one. */
1600 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1601 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1603 struct bp_location *bl;
1605 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1606 bl = bp_location[bc];
1608 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1609 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1610 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1611 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1613 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1614 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1615 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1617 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1619 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1626 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1627 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1628 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1629 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1630 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1633 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1635 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1636 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1637 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1640 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1643 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1645 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1647 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1648 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1652 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1653 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1654 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1657 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1660 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1661 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1662 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1665 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1668 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1669 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1672 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1673 bp_location array. */
1674 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
1676 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
1680 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = single_step_gdbarch[i];
1682 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1683 memaddr, len, bp_tgt, gdbarch);
1690 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1694 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1696 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1697 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1698 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1701 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1704 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1706 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1707 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1708 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1711 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1715 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1717 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1718 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1721 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1722 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1723 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1724 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1725 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1726 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1727 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1728 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1731 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1733 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1734 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1735 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1736 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1739 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1740 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1743 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1745 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1747 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1749 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1750 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1751 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1752 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1753 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1755 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1758 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1761 static struct value *
1762 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1764 struct value *bit_val;
1769 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1771 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1774 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1781 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1782 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1783 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1784 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1786 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1788 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1789 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1792 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1793 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1794 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1795 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1796 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1797 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1798 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1799 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1801 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1802 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1803 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1804 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1805 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1806 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1807 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1808 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1811 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1812 hardware watchpoints:
1814 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1815 called several times when GDB stops.
1818 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1819 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1820 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1821 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1822 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1823 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1824 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1825 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1826 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1827 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1828 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1830 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1831 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1834 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1836 int within_current_scope;
1837 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1840 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1841 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1842 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1843 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1846 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1851 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1852 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1853 within_current_scope = 1;
1856 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1857 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1858 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1860 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1861 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1862 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1863 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1866 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1867 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1868 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1869 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1872 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1874 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1875 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1876 if (within_current_scope)
1880 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1881 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1882 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1885 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1894 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1895 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1896 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1897 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1898 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1899 be completely different objects. */
1900 value_free (b->val);
1904 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1905 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1906 locations (re)created below. */
1907 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1909 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1911 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1915 s = b->base.cond_string;
1916 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1920 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1921 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1922 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1923 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1924 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1925 if (!target_has_execution)
1927 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1928 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1929 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1930 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1932 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1935 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1936 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1939 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1942 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1943 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1945 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1947 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1948 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1949 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1950 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1951 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1953 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1955 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1957 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1965 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1967 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1968 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1970 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1971 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1972 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1973 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1974 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1975 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1976 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1978 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1980 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1981 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1982 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1984 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1985 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1989 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1990 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1992 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1994 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1996 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1997 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1999 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
2001 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2002 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2003 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2004 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
2005 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
2008 addr = value_address (v);
2011 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2016 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2018 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2021 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
2022 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
2025 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
2027 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2028 loc->address = addr;
2032 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2033 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2036 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2038 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2043 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2044 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2045 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2050 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2051 struct bp_location *bl;
2053 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2057 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2060 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2061 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2062 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2064 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2065 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2066 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2067 this watchpoint in as well. */
2069 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2070 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2071 hardware watchpoint type. */
2072 type = b->base.type;
2073 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2074 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2076 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2077 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2078 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2079 through watch_command), so always account for it
2082 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2083 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2085 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2086 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2089 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2090 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2092 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2094 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2095 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2096 "hardware watchpoint."));
2097 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2098 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2099 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2101 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2102 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2106 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2107 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2108 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2110 b->base.type = type;
2113 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2115 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2116 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2117 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2119 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2120 "read/access watchpoint."));
2123 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2125 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2126 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2127 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2128 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2131 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2133 next = value_next (v);
2138 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2139 above left it without any location set up. But,
2140 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2141 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2142 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2144 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2145 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2146 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2147 base->loc->address = -1;
2148 base->loc->length = -1;
2149 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2152 else if (!within_current_scope)
2154 printf_filtered (_("\
2155 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2156 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2158 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2161 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2163 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2167 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2168 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2169 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2170 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2171 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2173 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2175 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2178 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2181 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2184 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2187 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2188 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2189 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2190 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2191 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2192 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2193 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2194 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2195 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2198 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2200 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2201 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2202 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2207 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2208 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2209 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2210 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2218 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2219 that the location is not duplicated. */
2222 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2225 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2228 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2229 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2233 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2234 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2235 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2236 any error during parsing. */
2238 static struct agent_expr *
2239 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2241 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2242 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2247 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2248 that may show up. */
2249 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2251 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2262 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2266 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2267 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2268 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2269 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2270 one of them is true. */
2273 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2275 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2276 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2277 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2278 struct bp_location *loc;
2280 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2281 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2283 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2284 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2285 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2287 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2288 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2291 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2292 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2293 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2294 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2295 response back to GDB. */
2296 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2299 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2303 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2305 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2306 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2307 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2308 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2309 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2310 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2312 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2313 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2319 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2320 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2321 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2323 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2329 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2330 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2331 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2333 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2334 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2335 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2337 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2340 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2342 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2344 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2347 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2348 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2353 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2354 for this location's address. */
2355 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2359 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2360 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2361 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2363 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2364 conditions to the target. */
2365 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2366 loc->cond_bytecode);
2372 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2373 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2374 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2376 static struct agent_expr *
2377 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2379 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2380 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2381 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2382 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2383 const char *cmdrest;
2384 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2385 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2387 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2394 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2396 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2398 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2399 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2401 format_start = cmdrest;
2403 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2405 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2407 format_end = cmdrest;
2409 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2410 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2412 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2414 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2415 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2417 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2419 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2421 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2423 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2424 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2427 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2432 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2433 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2435 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2439 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2440 that may show up. */
2441 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2443 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2444 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2445 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2448 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2452 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2453 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2454 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2458 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2462 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2463 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2464 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2467 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2469 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2470 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2471 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2472 struct bp_location *loc;
2474 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2475 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2477 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2480 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2481 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2484 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2485 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2486 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2492 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2493 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2497 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2498 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2499 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2500 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2501 response back to GDB. */
2502 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2505 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2509 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2511 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2512 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2513 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2514 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2515 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2516 loc->owner->extra_string);
2517 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2523 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2524 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2525 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2527 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2533 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2535 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2537 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2540 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2541 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2543 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2545 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2548 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2549 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2554 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2555 for this location's address. */
2556 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2559 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2560 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2561 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2562 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2564 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2565 to send the commands to the target. */
2566 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2570 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2571 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2572 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2573 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2576 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2577 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2578 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2579 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2582 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2583 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2585 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2586 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2587 int *disabled_breaks,
2588 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2589 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2591 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2592 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2593 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2595 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2598 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2599 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2600 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2601 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2602 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2603 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2604 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2605 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2606 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2607 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2608 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2609 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2611 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2612 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2613 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2614 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2616 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2618 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2619 build_target_command_list (bl);
2620 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2621 bl->needs_update = 0;
2624 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2625 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2627 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2629 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2630 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2631 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2633 Two important cases are:
2634 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2635 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2636 hardware breakpoint.
2637 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2638 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2639 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2642 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2643 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2644 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2645 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2647 struct mem_region *mr
2648 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2652 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2654 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2656 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2657 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2659 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2661 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2663 static int said = 0;
2665 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2668 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2669 _("Note: automatically using "
2670 "hardware breakpoints for "
2671 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2676 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2677 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2678 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2679 "at readonly address %s"),
2680 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2684 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2685 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2686 || bl->section == NULL
2687 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2689 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2690 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2694 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2696 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2701 bp_err_message = e.message;
2706 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2707 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2708 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2710 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2711 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2712 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2713 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2714 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2718 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2720 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2721 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2722 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2724 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2725 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2729 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2730 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2732 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2737 bp_err_message = e.message;
2740 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2741 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2742 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2743 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2747 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2748 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2750 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2751 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2755 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2757 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2762 bp_err_message = e.message;
2767 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2768 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2773 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2775 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2777 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2778 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2779 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2780 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2781 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2782 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2783 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2784 errors as memory errors. */
2785 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2786 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2787 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2788 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2791 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2792 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2793 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2794 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2797 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2799 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2800 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2801 "library breakpoints:\n");
2803 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2804 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2805 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2810 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2812 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2813 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2814 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2815 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2816 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2817 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2818 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2822 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2825 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2826 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2827 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2832 bl->owner->number, message);
2833 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2837 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2838 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2853 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2854 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2855 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2856 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2860 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2861 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2863 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2865 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2866 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2867 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2869 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2871 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2872 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2874 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2876 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2877 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2881 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2882 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2889 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2890 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2893 /* Back to the original value. */
2894 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2898 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2901 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2905 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2906 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2908 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2911 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2915 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2916 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2918 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2921 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2923 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2924 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2925 so just return success. */
2932 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2933 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2937 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2939 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2940 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2942 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2943 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2945 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2946 delete_breakpoint (b);
2949 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2950 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2951 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2953 struct bp_location *tmp;
2955 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2957 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2958 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2959 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2961 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2962 if (tmp->next == loc)
2964 tmp->next = loc->next;
2970 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2971 removed locations above. */
2972 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2975 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2976 Throws exception on any error.
2977 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2978 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2980 insert_breakpoints (void)
2982 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2984 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2985 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2987 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2989 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2992 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2993 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2994 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2995 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2998 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3001 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
3003 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
3005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
3007 callback (loc, NULL);
3011 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3012 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3013 always-inserted mode. */
3016 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3018 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3021 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3022 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3023 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3025 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3026 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3028 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3029 there was an error. */
3030 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3032 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3034 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3036 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3038 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3041 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3042 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3043 deletion of breakpoints. */
3044 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3047 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3049 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3050 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3051 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3052 insert breakpoints. */
3053 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3054 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3057 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3058 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3065 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3066 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3069 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3072 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3075 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3077 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3078 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3081 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3082 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3083 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3085 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3086 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3088 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3089 there was an error. */
3090 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3092 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3094 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3096 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3099 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3100 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3101 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3102 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3103 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3106 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3108 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3109 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3110 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3111 insert breakpoints. */
3112 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3113 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3116 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3117 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3122 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3123 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3124 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3126 int some_failed = 0;
3127 struct bp_location *loc;
3129 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3132 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3135 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3138 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3139 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3146 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3148 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3150 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3151 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3152 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3160 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3161 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3162 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3164 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3165 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3166 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3168 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3169 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3172 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3175 /* Used when the program stops.
3176 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3177 removing a breakpoint location. */
3180 remove_breakpoints (void)
3182 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3185 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3187 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3188 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3193 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3197 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3199 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3201 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3203 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3205 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3207 printf_filtered (_("\
3208 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3209 b->number, tp->num);
3211 /* Hide it from the user. */
3217 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3220 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3222 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3224 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3226 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3228 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3231 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
3236 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3245 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3247 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3248 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3250 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3251 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3252 struct inferior *inf;
3253 struct thread_info *tp;
3255 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3259 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3260 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3262 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3264 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3265 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3267 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3269 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3275 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3278 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3283 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3287 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3289 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3290 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3291 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3292 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3293 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3294 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3296 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3299 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3302 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3303 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3307 static struct breakpoint *
3308 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3309 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3310 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3312 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3313 struct breakpoint *b;
3315 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3318 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3319 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3321 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3322 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3323 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3328 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3330 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3332 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3334 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3337 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3338 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3340 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3341 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3343 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3344 int longjmp_searched;
3346 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3347 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3349 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3350 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3352 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3355 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3356 int exception_searched;
3358 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3359 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3362 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3364 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3365 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3367 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3370 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3372 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3375 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3376 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3378 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3379 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3381 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3383 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3384 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3386 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3387 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3389 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3390 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3392 return bp_objfile_data;
3396 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3398 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3400 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3401 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3405 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3407 struct objfile *objfile;
3408 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3410 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3412 struct breakpoint *b;
3413 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3416 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3418 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3421 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3423 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3425 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3426 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3428 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3429 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3432 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3435 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3436 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3438 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3439 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3441 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3443 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3444 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3448 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3449 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3452 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3456 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3458 struct program_space *pspace;
3459 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3461 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3463 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3465 struct objfile *objfile;
3467 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3469 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3472 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3473 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3475 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3477 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3479 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3483 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3486 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3487 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3489 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3491 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3492 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3493 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3497 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3498 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3501 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3504 struct probe *probe;
3505 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3508 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3509 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3513 struct breakpoint *b;
3515 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3516 get_probe_address (probe,
3519 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3520 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3521 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3527 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3530 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3532 struct breakpoint *b;
3533 const char *func_name;
3536 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3539 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3540 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3542 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3544 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3545 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3547 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3548 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3551 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3554 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3555 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3556 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3557 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3558 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3562 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3564 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3567 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3569 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3571 struct program_space *pspace;
3572 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3573 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3575 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3577 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3579 struct objfile *objfile;
3582 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3584 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3586 struct breakpoint *b;
3587 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3589 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3591 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3594 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3596 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3598 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3599 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3600 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3602 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3603 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3606 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3609 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3610 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3611 bp_std_terminate_master,
3612 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3613 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3614 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3618 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3620 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3623 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3626 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3628 struct objfile *objfile;
3629 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3631 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3633 struct breakpoint *b;
3634 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3635 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3638 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3640 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3641 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3645 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3649 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3650 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3652 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3654 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3655 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3656 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3660 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3661 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3664 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3666 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3668 struct probe *probe;
3671 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3672 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3676 struct breakpoint *b;
3678 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3679 get_probe_address (probe,
3681 bp_exception_master,
3682 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3683 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3684 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3690 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3692 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3695 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3697 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3699 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3701 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3702 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3704 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3708 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3711 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3712 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3714 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3715 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3716 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3717 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3720 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3724 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3726 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3727 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3729 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3730 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3731 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3732 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3733 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3734 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3735 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3736 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3737 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3738 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3739 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3743 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3746 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3747 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3749 delete_breakpoint (b);
3753 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3754 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3756 delete_breakpoint (b);
3760 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3761 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3762 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3763 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3764 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3766 delete_breakpoint (b);
3770 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3771 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3773 delete_breakpoint (b);
3777 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3779 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3780 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3781 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3783 delete_breakpoint (b);
3787 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3789 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3790 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3791 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3792 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3796 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3797 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3798 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3799 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3800 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3801 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3803 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3804 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3805 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3806 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3807 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3808 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3809 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3811 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3812 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3813 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3814 let finish_command delete it.
3816 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3817 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3818 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3819 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3820 solib breakpoints.) */
3822 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3827 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3828 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3830 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3832 delete_breakpoint (b);
3836 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3837 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3838 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3839 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3840 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3844 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3846 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3848 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3849 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3851 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3852 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3854 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3855 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3856 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3858 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3861 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3862 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3863 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3864 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3865 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3866 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3867 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3871 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3874 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3875 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3877 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3881 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3882 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3883 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3884 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3885 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3888 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3892 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3893 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3895 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3896 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3899 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3900 This should not ever happen. */
3901 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3903 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3904 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3906 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3907 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3908 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3910 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3911 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3912 || bl->section == NULL
3913 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3915 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3917 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3918 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3919 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3920 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3921 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3922 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3923 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3924 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3925 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3926 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3927 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3928 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3929 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3930 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3931 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3932 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3933 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3934 they should always be removed. */
3935 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3936 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3937 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3940 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3944 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3945 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3946 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3948 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3949 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3951 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3952 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3953 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3954 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3955 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3957 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3958 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3960 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3961 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3964 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3965 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3966 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3967 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3969 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3970 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3971 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3972 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3973 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3974 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3980 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3985 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3986 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3987 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3988 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3989 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3990 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3991 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3992 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3993 always-inserted mode. */
3995 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3996 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3997 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3998 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
4004 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4006 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
4008 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4009 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4011 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4012 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4014 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4015 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4016 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4019 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4020 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4023 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4024 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4026 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4030 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4037 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4040 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4042 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4043 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4045 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4046 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4049 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4050 This should not ever happen. */
4051 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4053 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4055 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4057 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4059 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4063 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4066 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4068 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4071 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
4075 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4076 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4078 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4081 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4082 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4083 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4088 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4090 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4091 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4093 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4095 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4097 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4100 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4102 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4103 if (bl->pspace == pspace
4104 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4110 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4116 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4118 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4119 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4122 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4124 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4126 case bp_shlib_event:
4128 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4129 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4130 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4131 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4132 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4134 (gdb) file prog-linux
4135 (gdb) run # native linux target
4138 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4139 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4142 case bp_step_resume:
4144 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4146 delete_breakpoint (b);
4150 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4151 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4152 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4154 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4156 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4157 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4158 delete_breakpoint (b);
4159 else if (context == inf_starting)
4161 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4162 insert_breakpoints. */
4164 value_free (w->val);
4175 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4176 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4177 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4178 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4181 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4182 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4183 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4184 match, not program space. */
4186 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4187 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4188 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4189 permanent breakpoint.
4190 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4191 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4192 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4193 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4194 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4196 enum breakpoint_here
4197 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4199 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4200 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4202 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4204 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4205 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4208 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4209 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4210 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4211 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4213 if (overlay_debugging
4214 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4215 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4216 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4217 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4218 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4220 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4224 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4227 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4230 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4232 struct bp_location *loc;
4235 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4236 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4242 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4243 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4244 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4245 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4248 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4251 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4253 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4255 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4256 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4260 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4262 if (overlay_debugging
4263 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4264 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4265 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4273 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4274 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4277 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4279 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4282 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4288 /* Ignoring deprecated raw breakpoints, return non-zero iff there is a
4289 software breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4291 static struct bp_location *
4292 find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (struct address_space *aspace,
4295 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4297 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4299 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4303 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4306 if (overlay_debugging
4307 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4308 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4309 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4318 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4322 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4325 if (find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc) != NULL)
4328 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4329 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
4336 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4337 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4339 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4343 struct bp_location *loc;
4345 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4346 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4349 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4352 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4353 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4357 /* Check for intersection. */
4358 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4359 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4367 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4368 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4371 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
4374 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4375 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4379 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4381 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4382 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4385 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4386 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4387 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4390 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4393 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4395 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4396 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4397 it is now time to do so. */
4399 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4400 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4404 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4406 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4407 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4408 it is now time to do so. */
4410 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4411 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4415 if (overlay_debugging
4416 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4417 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4418 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4427 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4431 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4433 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4436 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4440 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4442 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4443 value_free (bs->old_val);
4444 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4445 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4449 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4450 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4453 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4470 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4471 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4474 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4478 bpstat retval = NULL;
4483 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4485 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4486 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4487 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4488 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4489 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4491 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4492 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4496 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4506 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4509 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4514 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4516 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4522 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4525 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4527 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4529 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4531 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4533 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4538 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4547 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4548 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4549 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4550 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4552 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4553 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4555 Return 1 otherwise. */
4558 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4560 struct breakpoint *b;
4563 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4565 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4566 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4567 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4568 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4569 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4571 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4573 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4577 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4580 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4582 struct thread_info *tp;
4585 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4588 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4592 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4594 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4596 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4598 value_free (bs->old_val);
4604 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4607 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4609 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4611 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4613 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4614 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4615 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4616 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4617 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4621 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4624 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4627 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4629 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4632 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4633 or its equivalent. */
4636 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4638 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4639 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4642 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4643 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4644 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4645 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4647 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4648 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4649 bpstat of the current thread. */
4652 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4655 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4658 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4660 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4663 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4664 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4666 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4668 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4671 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4672 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4674 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4675 struct command_line *cmd;
4676 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4678 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4680 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4681 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4682 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4683 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4684 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4685 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4686 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4687 the tree when we're done. */
4688 ccmd = bs->commands;
4689 bs->commands = NULL;
4690 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4691 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4692 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4694 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4700 execute_control_command (cmd);
4702 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4708 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4709 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4711 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4713 if (target_can_async_p ())
4714 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4715 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4716 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4719 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4720 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4721 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4722 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4723 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4724 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4725 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4726 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4727 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4728 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4729 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4730 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4731 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4736 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4741 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4743 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4745 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4746 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4747 && target_has_execution
4748 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4749 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4750 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4751 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4752 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4753 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4754 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4757 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4760 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4763 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4766 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4769 struct value_print_options opts;
4770 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4771 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4775 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4776 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4777 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4778 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4781 static enum print_stop_action
4782 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4784 switch (bs->print_it)
4787 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4788 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4792 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4793 relevant messages. */
4794 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4797 case print_it_normal:
4799 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4801 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4802 which has since been deleted. */
4804 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4806 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4807 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4812 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4813 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4818 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4821 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4824 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4826 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4830 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4831 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4832 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4834 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4835 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4836 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4839 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4840 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4841 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4845 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4849 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4850 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4853 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4858 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4859 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4860 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4863 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4868 struct so_list *iter;
4870 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4872 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4873 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4876 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4881 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4882 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4883 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4886 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4890 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4891 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4892 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4893 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4894 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4895 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4896 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4899 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4900 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4901 code to print the location. An example is
4902 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4904 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4905 to also print the location part of the message.
4906 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4907 don't require a location appended to the end.
4908 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4909 further info to be printed. */
4911 enum print_stop_action
4912 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4916 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4917 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4918 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4919 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4920 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4922 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4923 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4924 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4925 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4929 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4930 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4931 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4932 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4934 print_solib_event (0);
4935 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4938 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4939 with and nothing was printed. */
4940 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4943 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4944 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4945 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4946 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4947 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4948 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4951 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4953 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4954 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4956 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4960 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4963 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4967 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4969 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4970 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4971 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4972 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4973 incref_bp_location (bl);
4974 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4975 bs->commands = NULL;
4977 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4981 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4982 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4985 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4987 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4989 struct breakpoint *b;
4991 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4993 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4994 as not triggered. */
4996 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4998 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5000 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5006 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
5008 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5009 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5011 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5013 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5015 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
5021 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5022 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5026 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
5028 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5029 struct bp_location *loc;
5031 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
5032 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5034 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
5036 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
5037 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
5039 if (newaddr == start)
5041 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5045 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5046 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
5050 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5059 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5060 because of check_errors). */
5061 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5062 #define WP_DELETED 1
5063 /* The value has changed. */
5064 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5065 /* The value has not changed. */
5066 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5067 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5070 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5071 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5073 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5076 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5077 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5080 watchpoint_check (void *p)
5082 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
5083 struct watchpoint *b;
5084 struct frame_info *fr;
5085 int within_current_scope;
5087 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5088 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
5089 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5091 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5092 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5093 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5094 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
5097 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
5098 within_current_scope = 1;
5101 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
5102 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5103 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
5105 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5106 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5107 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5108 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5109 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5110 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5111 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5112 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5113 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5114 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5117 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5118 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5120 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5121 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5122 if (within_current_scope)
5124 struct symbol *function;
5126 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5127 if (function == NULL
5128 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5129 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5130 within_current_scope = 0;
5133 if (within_current_scope)
5134 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5135 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5140 if (within_current_scope)
5142 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5143 time before we return to the command level and call
5144 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5145 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5149 struct value *new_val;
5151 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5152 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5153 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5154 a mask watchpoint. */
5155 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5157 mark = value_mark ();
5158 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5160 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5161 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5163 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5164 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5165 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5166 not what we want. */
5167 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5168 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5170 if (new_val != NULL)
5172 release_value (new_val);
5173 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5175 bs->old_val = b->val;
5178 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5182 /* Nothing changed. */
5183 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5184 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5189 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5191 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5192 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5193 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5194 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5195 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5196 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5197 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5198 the first value assigned). */
5199 /* We print all the stop information in
5200 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5201 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5202 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5204 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5206 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5207 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5208 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5210 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5211 which its expression is valid.\n");
5213 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5214 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5215 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5221 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5222 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5223 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5226 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5227 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5228 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5230 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5232 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5233 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5235 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5238 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5239 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5242 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5244 const struct bp_location *bl;
5245 struct watchpoint *b;
5247 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5248 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5249 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5250 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5251 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5254 int must_check_value = 0;
5256 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5257 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5259 must_check_value = 1;
5260 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5261 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5262 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5264 must_check_value = 1;
5265 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5266 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5267 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5268 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5269 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5270 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5271 must_check_value = 1;
5273 if (must_check_value)
5276 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5278 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5279 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5281 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5285 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5286 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5290 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5293 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5294 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5296 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5298 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5299 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5300 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5301 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5302 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5303 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5304 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5307 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5308 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5311 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5312 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5313 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5314 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5316 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5317 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5318 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5321 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5322 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5323 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5324 changes. This still gives false positives when
5325 the program writes the same value to memory as
5326 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5327 it for a read), but it's much better than
5330 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5332 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5334 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5336 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5337 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5338 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5340 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5341 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5343 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5344 == watch_triggered_yes)
5346 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5352 if (other_write_watchpoint
5353 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5355 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5356 and the value changed since the last time we
5357 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5359 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5364 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5365 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5366 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5368 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5369 the value hasn't changed. */
5370 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5378 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5379 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5380 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5381 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5382 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5386 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5388 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5389 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5390 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5391 anything for this watchpoint. */
5392 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5398 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5399 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5400 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5401 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5404 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5406 const struct bp_location *bl;
5407 struct breakpoint *b;
5408 int value_is_zero = 0;
5409 struct expression *cond;
5411 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5413 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5414 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5415 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5416 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5417 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5419 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5420 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5421 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5423 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5424 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5430 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5431 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5433 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5434 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5441 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5443 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5445 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5447 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5454 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5456 int within_current_scope = 1;
5457 struct watchpoint * w;
5459 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5460 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5461 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5462 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5464 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5466 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5467 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5471 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5472 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5473 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5474 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5475 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5477 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5478 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5481 struct frame_info *frame;
5483 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5484 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5485 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5486 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5487 really matter which instantiation of the function
5488 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5489 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5490 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5491 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5492 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5493 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5494 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5495 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5497 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5499 select_frame (frame);
5501 within_current_scope = 0;
5503 if (within_current_scope)
5505 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5506 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5510 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5511 "in the current scope"));
5512 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5513 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5516 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5517 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5520 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5524 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5528 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5530 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5535 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5536 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5538 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5539 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5542 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5544 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5546 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5547 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5548 several reasons concurrently.)
5550 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5551 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5554 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5555 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5556 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5558 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5559 struct bp_location *bl;
5560 struct bp_location *loc;
5561 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5562 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5563 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5566 int need_remove_insert;
5569 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5570 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5571 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5572 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5573 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5574 inferior function calls. */
5578 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5581 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5583 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5584 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5585 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5586 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5587 checked all locations already. */
5588 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5591 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5594 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5597 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5600 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5603 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5604 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5605 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5609 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5610 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5611 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5613 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5615 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5617 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5622 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5624 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5626 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5627 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5630 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5634 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5635 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5636 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5638 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5640 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5642 handle_solib_event ();
5647 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5648 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5649 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5653 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5658 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5659 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5662 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5667 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5669 /* We will stop here. */
5670 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5672 --(b->enable_count);
5673 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5674 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5675 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5680 bs->commands = b->commands;
5681 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5682 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5683 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5686 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5691 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5693 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5694 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5697 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5698 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5699 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5701 need_remove_insert = 0;
5702 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5703 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5705 && bs->breakpoint_at
5706 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5708 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5710 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5711 need_remove_insert = 1;
5714 if (need_remove_insert)
5715 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5716 else if (removed_any)
5717 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5723 handle_jit_event (void)
5725 struct frame_info *frame;
5726 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5728 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5729 breakpoint_re_set. */
5730 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5732 frame = get_current_frame ();
5733 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5735 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5737 target_terminal_inferior ();
5740 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5742 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5745 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5747 struct bpstat_what retval;
5751 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5752 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5753 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5755 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5757 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5758 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5759 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5762 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5764 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5765 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5769 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5776 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5779 case bp_shlib_event:
5783 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5785 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5788 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5791 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5792 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5793 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5797 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5799 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5803 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5804 This requires no further action. */
5808 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5810 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5811 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5813 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5814 case bp_exception_resume:
5815 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5816 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5818 case bp_step_resume:
5820 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5823 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5824 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5827 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5829 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5832 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5833 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5836 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5837 case bp_thread_event:
5838 case bp_overlay_event:
5839 case bp_longjmp_master:
5840 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5841 case bp_exception_master:
5842 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5848 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5850 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5854 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5855 This requires no further action. */
5860 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5863 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5864 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5865 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5866 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5868 case bp_std_terminate:
5869 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5870 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5871 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5872 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5875 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5876 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5877 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5878 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5880 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5881 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5883 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5884 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5885 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5887 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5888 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5889 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5890 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5895 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5897 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5901 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5902 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5905 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5908 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5909 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5914 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5916 handle_jit_event ();
5919 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5921 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5927 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5928 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5930 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5931 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5939 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5940 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5941 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5944 bpstat_should_step (void)
5946 struct breakpoint *b;
5949 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5955 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5957 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5966 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5967 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5968 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5971 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5973 static char wrap_indent[80];
5974 int i, total_width, width, align;
5978 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5980 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5982 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5983 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5984 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5989 total_width += width + 1;
5995 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5996 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5998 "host": Host evals condition.
5999 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6000 "target": Target evals condition.
6004 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
6006 struct bp_location *bl;
6007 char host_evals = 0;
6008 char target_evals = 0;
6013 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
6016 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6017 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6018 return condition_evaluation_host;
6020 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6022 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
6028 if (host_evals && target_evals)
6029 return condition_evaluation_both;
6030 else if (target_evals)
6031 return condition_evaluation_target;
6033 return condition_evaluation_host;
6036 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6037 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6040 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
6042 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
6045 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6046 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6047 return condition_evaluation_host;
6049 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
6050 return condition_evaluation_target;
6052 return condition_evaluation_host;
6055 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6058 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6059 struct bp_location *loc)
6061 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6062 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
6064 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
6068 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
6070 if (b->display_canonical)
6071 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
6072 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
6075 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
6078 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
6079 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
6080 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
6081 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
6082 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
6083 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
6085 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
6086 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
6087 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
6089 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6090 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
6091 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
6093 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
6097 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
6098 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
6100 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
6102 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
6104 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6107 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6109 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6110 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6111 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6113 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6114 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6115 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6119 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6123 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6125 struct ep_type_description
6130 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6132 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6133 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6134 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6135 {bp_until, "until"},
6136 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6137 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6138 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6139 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6140 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6141 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6142 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6143 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6144 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6145 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6146 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6147 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6148 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6149 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6150 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6151 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6152 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6153 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6154 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6155 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6156 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6157 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6158 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6159 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6160 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6161 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6162 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6163 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6164 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6167 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6168 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6169 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6170 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6173 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6176 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6177 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6180 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6181 const char *field_name,
6185 struct cleanup *back_to;
6186 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6190 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6191 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6192 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6195 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6197 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6203 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6209 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6211 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6213 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6217 do_cleanups (back_to);
6220 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6223 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6224 struct bp_location *loc,
6226 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6229 struct command_line *l;
6230 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6232 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6233 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6234 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6235 struct value_print_options opts;
6237 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6239 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6240 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6241 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6244 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6245 header_of_multiple = 1;
6253 if (part_of_multiple)
6256 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6257 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6262 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6267 if (part_of_multiple)
6268 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6270 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6274 if (part_of_multiple)
6275 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6277 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6282 if (part_of_multiple)
6283 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6285 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6286 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6287 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6291 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6293 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6294 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6295 make sure there's just one location. */
6296 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6297 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6303 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6304 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6308 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6309 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6310 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6312 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6314 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6315 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6316 is relatively readable). */
6317 if (opts.addressprint)
6318 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6320 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6325 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6329 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6330 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6332 case bp_exception_resume:
6333 case bp_step_resume:
6334 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6335 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6337 case bp_std_terminate:
6338 case bp_shlib_event:
6339 case bp_thread_event:
6340 case bp_overlay_event:
6341 case bp_longjmp_master:
6342 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6343 case bp_exception_master:
6345 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6346 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6349 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6350 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6351 if (opts.addressprint)
6354 if (header_of_multiple)
6355 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6356 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6357 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6359 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6360 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6363 if (!header_of_multiple)
6364 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6371 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6373 struct inferior *inf;
6374 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6379 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6380 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6383 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6384 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6386 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6387 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6388 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6389 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6390 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6391 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6393 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6394 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6397 if (!part_of_multiple)
6399 if (b->thread != -1)
6401 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6402 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6403 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6404 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6406 else if (b->task != 0)
6408 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6409 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6413 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6415 if (!part_of_multiple)
6416 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6418 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6421 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6422 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6424 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6425 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6429 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6432 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6433 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6435 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6436 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6438 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6439 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6440 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6441 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6442 == condition_evaluation_target)
6444 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6445 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6446 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6447 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6449 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6452 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6454 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6456 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6457 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6460 if (!part_of_multiple)
6464 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6465 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6466 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6467 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6468 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6471 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6472 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6473 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6474 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6476 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6480 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6481 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6482 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6486 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6489 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6490 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6491 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6494 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6495 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6496 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6497 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6500 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6501 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6502 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6503 if (b->ignore_count)
6504 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6506 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6507 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6508 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6511 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6513 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6515 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6518 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6519 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6523 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6524 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6526 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6529 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6530 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6531 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6534 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6536 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6538 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6540 annotate_field (10);
6541 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6542 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6543 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6546 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6548 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6550 annotate_field (11);
6552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6553 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6554 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6560 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6561 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6566 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6568 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6570 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6574 else if (b->addr_string)
6575 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6580 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6581 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6584 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6587 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6589 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6590 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6592 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6593 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6594 locations, if any. */
6595 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6597 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6598 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6599 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6602 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6603 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6605 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6606 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6608 struct bp_location *loc;
6611 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6613 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6614 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6615 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6616 do_cleanups (inner2);
6623 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6625 int print_address_bits = 0;
6626 struct bp_location *loc;
6628 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6632 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6633 an address to print. */
6634 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6637 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6638 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6639 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6642 return print_address_bits;
6645 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6651 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6653 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6654 struct breakpoint *b;
6655 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6659 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6661 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6669 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6670 char **error_message)
6672 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6675 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6677 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6678 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6684 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6685 internal or momentary. */
6688 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6690 return b->number > 0;
6693 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6694 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6695 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6696 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6697 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6698 breakpoints listed. */
6701 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6702 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6704 struct breakpoint *b;
6705 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6706 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6707 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6708 struct value_print_options opts;
6709 int print_address_bits = 0;
6710 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6711 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6713 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6715 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6716 required for address fields. */
6717 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6720 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6721 if (filter && !filter (b))
6724 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6725 accept. Skip the others. */
6726 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6728 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6730 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6734 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6736 int addr_bit, type_len;
6738 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6739 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6740 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6742 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6743 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6744 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6746 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6750 if (opts.addressprint)
6752 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6753 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6757 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6758 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6761 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6762 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6763 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6765 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6766 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6768 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6769 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6770 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6772 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6773 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6775 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6776 if (opts.addressprint)
6778 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6780 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6781 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6782 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6784 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6785 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6787 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6789 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6790 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6791 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6792 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6797 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6798 if (filter && !filter (b))
6801 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6802 accept. Skip the others. */
6804 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6806 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6808 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6811 else /* all others */
6813 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6817 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6819 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6820 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6823 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6825 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6827 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6831 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6832 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6834 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6835 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6841 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6842 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6845 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6846 there have been breakpoints? */
6847 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6849 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6852 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6853 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6856 default_collect_info (void)
6858 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6860 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6861 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6863 if (!*default_collect)
6866 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6868 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6869 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6870 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6874 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6876 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6878 default_collect_info ();
6882 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6884 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6885 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6887 if (num_printed == 0)
6889 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6890 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6892 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6897 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6899 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6901 default_collect_info ();
6905 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6906 struct program_space *pspace,
6907 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6909 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6911 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6913 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6914 && bl->address == pc
6915 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6921 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6922 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6926 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6927 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6928 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6931 struct breakpoint *b;
6934 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6935 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6939 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6940 else /* if (others == ???) */
6941 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6943 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6946 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6947 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6948 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6949 else if (b->thread != -1)
6950 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6951 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6952 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6953 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6955 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6959 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6961 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6962 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6963 printf_filtered (".\n");
6968 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6969 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6970 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6971 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6973 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6974 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6975 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6976 breakpoint at address zero:
6984 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6986 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6988 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6991 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6992 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6995 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6996 struct bp_location *loc2)
6998 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6999 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
7001 /* Both of them must exist. */
7002 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
7003 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
7005 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7006 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7007 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7008 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7009 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7010 other watchpoint. */
7012 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
7014 loc1->watchpoint_type,
7017 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
7019 loc2->watchpoint_type,
7023 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7024 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7025 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7026 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7027 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7028 become hw_access locations later. */
7029 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
7030 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
7031 && loc1->address == loc2->address
7032 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7035 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7038 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7039 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
7041 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7042 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7046 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7047 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7048 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7049 space doesn't really matter. */
7052 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
7053 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
7056 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7057 || aspace1 == aspace2)
7058 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
7061 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7062 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7063 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7064 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7067 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
7068 struct address_space *aspace,
7071 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
7074 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
7075 bl->address, bl->length,
7079 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7080 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7081 true, otherwise returns false. */
7084 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7085 struct bp_location *loc2)
7087 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7088 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7089 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7090 different locations. */
7091 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
7096 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7097 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7098 represent the same location. */
7101 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
7102 struct bp_location *loc2)
7104 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
7106 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7107 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7108 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7110 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7111 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7113 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7116 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7117 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7118 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7120 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7121 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7122 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7123 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7127 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7128 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7130 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7131 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7135 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7136 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7138 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7139 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7141 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7144 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7145 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7146 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7147 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7150 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7151 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7153 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7155 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7158 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7159 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7160 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7161 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7162 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7164 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7165 have their addresses modified. */
7170 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7172 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7173 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7174 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7176 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7177 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7179 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7180 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7182 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7187 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7188 struct breakpoint *owner)
7190 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7192 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7197 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7198 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7201 switch (owner->type)
7207 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7208 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7210 case bp_exception_resume:
7211 case bp_step_resume:
7212 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7213 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7215 case bp_std_terminate:
7216 case bp_shlib_event:
7217 case bp_thread_event:
7218 case bp_overlay_event:
7220 case bp_longjmp_master:
7221 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7222 case bp_exception_master:
7223 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7224 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7226 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7227 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7229 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7230 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7231 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7233 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7234 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7235 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7236 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7241 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7242 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7243 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7246 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7252 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7254 static struct bp_location *
7255 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7257 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7261 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7263 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7267 /* Increment reference count. */
7270 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7275 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7276 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7279 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7281 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7283 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7284 free_bp_location (*blp);
7288 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7291 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7293 struct breakpoint *b1;
7295 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7296 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7298 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7300 breakpoint_chain = b;
7309 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7312 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7313 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7315 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7317 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7319 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7323 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7324 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7325 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7327 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7330 b->ignore_count = 0;
7332 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7333 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7334 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7335 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7338 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7339 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7341 static struct breakpoint *
7342 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7344 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7346 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7348 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7349 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7353 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7354 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7358 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7360 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7362 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7363 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7364 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7367 const char *function_name;
7368 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7370 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7371 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7373 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7375 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7377 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7378 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7379 &loc->requested_address))
7381 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7382 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7383 loc->requested_address,
7386 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7387 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7389 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7390 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7391 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7392 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7394 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7399 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7403 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7405 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7408 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7410 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7415 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7416 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7417 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7419 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7420 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7421 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7424 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7425 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7426 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7428 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7430 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7432 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7433 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7435 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7436 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7438 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7439 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7442 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7443 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7444 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7445 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7446 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7447 is also returned as the value of this function.
7449 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7450 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7451 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7452 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7453 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7454 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7455 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7458 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7459 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7460 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7462 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7464 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7465 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7470 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7471 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7473 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7475 struct bp_location *bl;
7477 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7479 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7480 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7481 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7482 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7483 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7484 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7488 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7489 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7490 initiated the operation. */
7493 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7495 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7496 int thread = tp->num;
7498 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7499 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7500 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7501 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7502 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7503 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7504 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7505 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7507 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7508 struct breakpoint *clone;
7510 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7511 after their removal. */
7512 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7513 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7514 clone->thread = thread;
7517 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7520 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7522 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7524 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7527 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7529 if (b->thread == thread)
7530 delete_breakpoint (b);
7535 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7537 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7539 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7540 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7542 if (b->thread == thread)
7543 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7547 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7548 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7549 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7553 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7555 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7558 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7560 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7562 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7563 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7565 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7567 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7569 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7572 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7573 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7574 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7575 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7581 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7582 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7585 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7586 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7590 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7592 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7594 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7595 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7597 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7599 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7600 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7601 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7602 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7605 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7607 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7609 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7610 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7611 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7613 delete_breakpoint (b);
7618 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7620 struct breakpoint *b;
7623 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7625 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7626 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7627 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7632 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7634 struct breakpoint *b;
7637 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7639 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7640 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7641 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7645 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7646 master breakpoint. */
7648 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7650 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7653 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7654 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7656 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7657 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7661 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7663 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7665 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7668 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7669 delete_breakpoint (b);
7673 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7675 struct breakpoint *b;
7677 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7678 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7680 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7681 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7683 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7685 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7691 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7693 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7695 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7696 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7697 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7698 delete_breakpoint (b);
7701 struct lang_and_radix
7707 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7710 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7712 struct breakpoint *b;
7714 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7715 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7716 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7720 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7723 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7725 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7728 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7729 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7730 delete_breakpoint (b);
7734 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7736 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7738 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7739 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7740 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7741 delete_breakpoint (b);
7744 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7747 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7749 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7751 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7752 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7753 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7754 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7757 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7758 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7759 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7761 static struct breakpoint *
7762 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7763 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7765 struct breakpoint *b;
7767 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7768 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7769 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7774 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7776 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7779 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7782 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7784 struct breakpoint *b;
7786 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7788 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7789 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7791 delete_breakpoint (b);
7797 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7798 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7801 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7803 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7805 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7807 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7808 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7810 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7811 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7812 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7813 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7814 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7815 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7816 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7817 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7818 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7819 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7820 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7821 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7824 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7829 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7830 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7831 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7834 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7836 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7837 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7839 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7840 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7841 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7842 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7843 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7844 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7849 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7850 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7852 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7853 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7854 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7855 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7856 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7857 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7858 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7859 || is_tracepoint (b))
7860 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7862 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7863 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7864 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7865 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7868 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7869 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7871 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7873 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7874 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7875 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7878 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7883 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7884 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7885 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7888 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7890 struct breakpoint *b;
7892 if (objfile == NULL)
7895 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7896 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7897 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7898 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7899 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7900 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7901 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7902 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7903 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7904 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7906 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7907 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7912 struct bp_location *loc;
7913 int bp_modified = 0;
7915 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7918 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7920 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7922 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7923 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7926 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7929 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7932 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7933 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7936 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7938 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7939 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7940 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7941 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7942 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7945 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7952 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7956 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7958 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7959 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7960 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7961 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7962 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7964 struct fork_catchpoint
7966 /* The base class. */
7967 struct breakpoint base;
7969 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7970 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7971 catchpoint has triggered. */
7972 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7975 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7979 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7981 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7984 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7988 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7990 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7993 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7997 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7998 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7999 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8001 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8003 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
8006 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8010 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8013 static enum print_stop_action
8014 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
8016 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8017 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8018 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8020 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8021 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8022 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8025 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8027 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8028 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
8029 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8031 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8032 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
8033 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8034 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8035 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8038 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8042 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8044 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8045 struct value_print_options opts;
8046 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8048 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8050 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8051 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8053 if (opts.addressprint)
8054 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8056 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
8057 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8059 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8060 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8061 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8062 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8065 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8066 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
8069 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8073 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
8075 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
8078 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8082 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
8085 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8088 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8090 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
8092 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8096 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8098 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8101 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8105 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8107 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8110 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8114 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8115 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8116 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8118 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8120 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8123 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8127 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8130 static enum print_stop_action
8131 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8133 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8134 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8135 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8137 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8138 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8139 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8141 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8144 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8145 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8146 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8148 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8149 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8150 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8151 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8152 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8155 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8159 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8161 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8162 struct value_print_options opts;
8163 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8165 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8166 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8167 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8169 if (opts.addressprint)
8170 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8172 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8173 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8175 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8176 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8177 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8178 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8182 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8185 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8189 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8191 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8194 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8198 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8200 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8201 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8204 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8206 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8208 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8209 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8210 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8211 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8212 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8214 struct solib_catchpoint
8216 /* The base class. */
8217 struct breakpoint base;
8219 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8220 unsigned char is_load;
8222 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8223 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8229 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8231 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8234 regfree (&self->compiled);
8235 xfree (self->regex);
8237 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8241 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8247 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8253 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8254 struct address_space *aspace,
8256 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8258 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8259 struct breakpoint *other;
8261 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8264 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8266 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8268 if (other == bl->owner)
8271 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8274 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8277 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8279 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8288 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8290 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8291 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8296 struct so_list *iter;
8299 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8304 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8313 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8318 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8324 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8327 static enum print_stop_action
8328 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8330 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8331 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8333 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8334 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8337 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8338 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8339 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8340 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8341 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8342 print_solib_event (1);
8343 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8347 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8349 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8350 struct value_print_options opts;
8351 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8354 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8355 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8356 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8358 if (opts.addressprint)
8361 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8368 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8370 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8375 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8377 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8379 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8382 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8383 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8384 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8388 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8390 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8392 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8393 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8397 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8399 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8402 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8403 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8405 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8409 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8411 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8412 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8413 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8414 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8415 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8416 created in an enabled state. */
8419 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8421 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8422 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8423 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8427 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8429 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8430 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8436 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8439 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8441 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8442 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8444 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8447 c->is_load = is_load;
8448 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8449 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8451 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8453 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8454 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8457 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8461 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8462 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8465 const int enabled = 1;
8467 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8469 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8473 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8474 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8476 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8480 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8481 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8483 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8486 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8487 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8488 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8489 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8490 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8492 struct syscall_catchpoint
8494 /* The base class. */
8495 struct breakpoint base;
8497 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8498 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8499 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8500 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8501 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8504 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8508 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8510 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8512 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8514 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8517 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8519 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8521 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8522 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8523 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8525 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8526 int any_syscall_count;
8528 /* Count of each system call. */
8529 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8531 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8532 if any catching is necessary. */
8533 int total_syscalls_count;
8536 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8537 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8539 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8541 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8542 if (inf_data == NULL)
8544 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8545 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8552 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8558 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8562 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8564 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8565 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8566 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8567 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8569 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8570 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8571 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8577 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8582 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8584 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8585 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8586 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8588 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8589 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8590 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8592 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8593 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8595 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8596 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8600 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8601 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8602 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8604 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8606 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8609 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8613 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8615 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8616 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8617 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8618 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8620 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8621 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8622 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8628 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8632 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8633 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8635 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8636 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8640 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8641 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8642 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8644 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8646 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8649 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8653 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8654 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8655 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8657 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8658 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8659 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8660 int syscall_number = 0;
8661 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8662 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8664 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8665 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8668 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8670 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8671 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8676 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8678 if (syscall_number == iter)
8687 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8690 static enum print_stop_action
8691 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8693 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8694 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8695 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8696 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8697 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8698 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8700 struct target_waitstatus last;
8703 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8705 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8707 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8709 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8710 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8712 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8715 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8716 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8717 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8718 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8719 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8721 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8723 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8724 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8726 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8728 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8729 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8731 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8733 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8735 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8738 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8742 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8743 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8745 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8746 struct value_print_options opts;
8747 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8749 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8750 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8751 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8753 if (opts.addressprint)
8754 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8757 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8758 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8759 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8761 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8763 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8766 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8769 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8774 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8777 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8779 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8781 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8782 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8786 /* Remove the last comma. */
8787 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8788 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8791 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8792 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8794 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8795 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8798 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8802 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8804 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8806 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8810 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8811 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8813 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8816 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8820 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8823 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8825 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8827 printf_filtered (")");
8830 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8834 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8838 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8840 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8842 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8844 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8849 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8854 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8856 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8861 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8864 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8866 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8868 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8871 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8873 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8876 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8877 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8878 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8879 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8882 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8883 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8885 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8887 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8890 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8892 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8894 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8895 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8899 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8901 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8902 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8903 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8904 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8907 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8910 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8914 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8915 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8916 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8918 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8920 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8922 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8924 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8927 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8929 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8930 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8931 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8932 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8933 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8935 struct exec_catchpoint
8937 /* The base class. */
8938 struct breakpoint base;
8940 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8941 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8943 char *exec_pathname;
8946 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8950 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8952 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8954 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8956 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8960 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8962 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8966 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8968 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8972 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8973 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8974 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8976 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8978 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8981 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8985 static enum print_stop_action
8986 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8988 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8989 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8990 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8992 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8993 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8996 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8999 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9000 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
9001 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9003 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9004 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
9005 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
9006 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
9008 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9012 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
9014 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
9015 struct value_print_options opts;
9016 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9018 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9020 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
9021 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
9022 is relatively readable). */
9023 if (opts.addressprint)
9024 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9026 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
9027 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
9029 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
9030 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
9031 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
9034 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9035 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
9039 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
9041 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
9044 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
9048 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9050 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
9051 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9054 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
9057 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
9058 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
9060 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
9061 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
9063 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
9064 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
9065 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
9067 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
9071 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
9074 struct breakpoint *b;
9075 struct bp_location *bl;
9079 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9080 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9082 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
9084 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9091 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9095 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9098 struct bp_location *bl;
9100 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9103 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9105 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9107 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9113 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9114 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9115 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9116 types _not_ TYPE. */
9119 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9120 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9123 struct breakpoint *b;
9125 *other_type_used = 0;
9130 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9133 if (b->type == type)
9134 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9135 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9136 *other_type_used = 1;
9143 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9145 struct breakpoint *b;
9149 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9151 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9152 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9158 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9160 struct breakpoint *b;
9164 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9166 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9167 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9173 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9175 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9176 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9180 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9182 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9183 breakpoint_re_set ();
9187 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
9188 at address specified by SAL.
9189 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
9192 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9193 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9195 struct breakpoint *b;
9197 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9199 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9201 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9202 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9203 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9204 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9206 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9207 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9209 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9210 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9212 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9217 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9218 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9219 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9221 static struct breakpoint *
9222 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9224 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9227 struct breakpoint *copy;
9229 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9230 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9231 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9233 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9234 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9235 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9236 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9237 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9238 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9239 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9240 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9241 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9242 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9243 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9244 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9246 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9247 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9248 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9250 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9254 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9258 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9260 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9264 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9268 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9271 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9273 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9275 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9276 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9278 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9282 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9285 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9287 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9288 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9290 printf_filtered ("\n");
9294 static struct bp_location *
9295 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9296 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9298 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9299 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9300 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9302 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9303 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9305 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9306 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9307 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9308 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9309 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9310 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9311 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9314 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9315 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9316 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9317 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9322 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9323 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9324 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9325 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9326 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9327 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9328 loc->section = sal->section;
9329 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9330 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9331 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9333 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9334 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9339 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9340 return 0 otherwise. */
9343 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9347 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9348 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9349 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9352 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9354 addr = loc->address;
9355 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9357 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9361 target_mem = alloca (len);
9363 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9364 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9365 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9366 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9368 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9369 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9371 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9372 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9375 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9380 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9381 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9384 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9386 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9387 char *printf_line = NULL;
9392 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9394 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9396 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9398 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9400 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9401 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9403 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9404 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9405 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9407 if (!dprintf_function)
9408 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9410 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9411 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9416 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9420 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9422 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9423 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9426 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9427 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9431 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9432 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9434 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9435 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9437 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9438 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9440 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9441 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9442 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9443 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9444 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9445 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9447 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9451 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9452 current style settings. */
9455 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9456 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9458 struct breakpoint *b;
9462 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9463 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9467 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9468 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9469 as condition expression. */
9472 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9473 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9474 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9476 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9477 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9478 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9479 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9480 int display_canonical)
9484 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9486 int target_resources_ok;
9488 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9489 target_resources_ok =
9490 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9492 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9493 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9494 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9495 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9498 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9500 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9502 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9503 struct bp_location *loc;
9507 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9509 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9511 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9512 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9517 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9521 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9522 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9523 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9524 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9525 b->disposition = disposition;
9527 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9528 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9530 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9532 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9533 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9535 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9537 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9538 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9539 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9543 p = skip_spaces (p);
9545 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9547 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9548 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9550 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9552 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9554 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9556 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9557 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9559 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9561 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9564 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9565 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9572 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9573 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9577 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9578 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9582 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9584 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9585 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9587 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9590 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9591 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9592 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9594 if (b->extra_string)
9595 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9597 error (_("Format string required"));
9599 else if (b->extra_string)
9600 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9603 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9605 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9607 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9610 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9615 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9616 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9617 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9619 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9620 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9621 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9622 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9623 int display_canonical)
9625 struct breakpoint *b;
9626 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9628 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9630 struct tracepoint *t;
9632 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9636 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9638 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9640 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9642 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9644 thread, task, ignore_count,
9646 enabled, internal, flags,
9648 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9650 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9653 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9654 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9655 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9656 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9657 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9658 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9659 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9660 we take just a single condition string.
9662 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9663 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9664 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9665 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9666 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9669 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9670 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9671 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9672 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9673 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9674 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9675 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9678 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9680 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9681 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9683 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9685 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9686 'break', without arguments. */
9687 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9688 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9690 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9691 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9693 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9694 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9697 cond_string, extra_string,
9699 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9700 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9701 canonical->special_display);
9702 discard_cleanups (inner);
9706 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9707 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9708 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9709 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9711 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9712 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9715 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9716 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9718 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9720 if ((*address) == NULL
9721 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9723 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9725 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9727 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9728 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9731 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9732 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9733 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9735 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9736 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9737 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9738 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9739 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9740 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9742 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9744 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9745 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9746 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9747 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9748 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9750 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9752 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9753 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9754 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9756 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9759 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9763 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9765 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9766 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9767 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9768 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9770 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9771 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9772 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9774 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9775 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9776 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9777 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9778 get_last_displayed_line (),
9779 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9781 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9782 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9787 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9788 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9791 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9795 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9796 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9799 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9800 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9801 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9802 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9803 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9807 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9808 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9811 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9813 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9815 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9817 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9819 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9821 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9822 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9823 associated with SAL. */
9826 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9828 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9831 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9832 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9834 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9838 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9840 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9841 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9843 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9846 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9847 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9848 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9849 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9850 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9851 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9854 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9855 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9858 *cond_string = NULL;
9865 const char *end_tok;
9867 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9868 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9870 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9872 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9874 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9878 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9880 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9882 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9884 struct expression *expr;
9886 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9887 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9890 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9892 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9897 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9899 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9900 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9901 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9904 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9909 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9911 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9912 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9913 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9918 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9922 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9926 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9928 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9929 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9931 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9932 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9933 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9934 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9939 p = skip_spaces (p);
9941 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9943 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9944 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9946 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9947 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9948 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9950 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9951 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9953 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9955 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9957 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9959 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9961 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9962 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9964 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9967 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9973 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9974 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9975 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9976 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9977 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9978 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9979 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9980 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9981 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9982 was created; false otherwise. */
9985 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9986 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9987 int thread, char *extra_string,
9989 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9991 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9992 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9993 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9996 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9997 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9998 char *addr_start = arg;
9999 struct linespec_result canonical;
10000 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10001 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
10004 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
10006 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
10008 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
10010 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10012 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
10013 addr_start, ©_arg);
10016 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
10020 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
10026 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
10028 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
10031 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
10032 throw_exception (e);
10034 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
10036 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
10037 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
10038 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
10039 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
10040 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
10043 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
10044 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
10045 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
10046 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
10048 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10050 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10051 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10052 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10053 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10054 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10056 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10060 throw_exception (e);
10064 throw_exception (e);
10067 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10068 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10070 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10071 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10072 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10073 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10074 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10076 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10077 are ok for the target. */
10081 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10083 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10084 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10087 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10088 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10091 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10093 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10094 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10097 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10098 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10105 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10107 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10109 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10110 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10111 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10112 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10114 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10115 &thread, &task, &rest);
10117 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10119 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10121 extra_string = rest;
10126 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10128 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10131 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10132 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10134 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10137 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10138 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10142 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10143 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10144 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10145 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10146 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10150 struct breakpoint *b;
10152 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10154 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10156 struct tracepoint *t;
10158 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10162 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10164 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10166 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10168 b->cond_string = NULL;
10171 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10174 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10175 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10177 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10179 b->extra_string = NULL;
10180 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10181 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10182 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10183 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10184 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10185 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10186 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10188 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10191 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10193 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10194 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10195 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10198 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10200 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10201 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10202 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10204 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10205 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10210 /* Set a breakpoint.
10211 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10212 condition, and thread.
10213 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10214 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10215 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10218 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10220 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10221 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10222 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10224 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10225 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10227 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10228 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10229 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10231 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10233 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10235 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10236 tempflag, type_wanted,
10237 0 /* Ignore count */,
10238 pending_break_support,
10246 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10249 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10253 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10255 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10256 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10257 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10260 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10261 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10262 if (sal->explicit_line)
10263 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10266 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10268 const struct blockvector *bv;
10269 const struct block *b;
10270 struct symbol *sym;
10272 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
10275 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10278 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
10279 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal->symtab->objfile, sym);
10283 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10284 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10285 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10286 happen in assembly source). */
10288 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10289 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10291 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10293 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10295 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10297 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10304 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10306 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10310 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10312 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10316 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10318 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10322 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10324 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10328 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10330 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10331 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10332 stop at <line>\n"));
10336 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10340 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10342 else if (*arg != '*')
10344 char *argptr = arg;
10347 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10348 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10349 function/method name. */
10350 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10352 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10357 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10359 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10363 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10365 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10369 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10373 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10377 char *argptr = arg;
10380 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10381 it is probably a line number. */
10382 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10384 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10389 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10391 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10395 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10397 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10400 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10401 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10402 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10406 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10408 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10410 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10412 0 /* Ignore count */,
10413 pending_break_support,
10414 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10422 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10424 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10427 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10428 ranged breakpoints. */
10431 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10432 struct address_space *aspace,
10434 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10436 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10437 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10440 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10441 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10444 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10445 ranged breakpoints. */
10448 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10450 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10453 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10454 ranged breakpoints. */
10456 static enum print_stop_action
10457 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10459 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10460 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10461 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10463 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10465 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10466 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10468 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10469 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10470 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10472 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10476 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10477 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10480 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10482 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10485 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10486 ranged breakpoints. */
10489 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10490 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10492 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10493 struct value_print_options opts;
10494 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10496 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10497 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10499 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10501 if (opts.addressprint)
10502 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10503 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10504 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10505 annotate_field (5);
10506 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10510 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10511 ranged breakpoints. */
10514 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10515 struct ui_out *uiout)
10517 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10518 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10519 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10520 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10524 address_start = bl->address;
10525 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10527 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10528 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10529 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10530 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10531 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10532 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10534 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10537 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10538 ranged breakpoints. */
10541 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10543 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10544 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10547 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10549 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10552 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10553 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10554 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10557 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10558 ranged breakpoints. */
10561 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10563 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10564 b->addr_string_range_end);
10565 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10568 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10570 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10572 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10573 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10574 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10575 last instruction of the given line. */
10578 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10582 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10583 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10584 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10591 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10593 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10595 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10602 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10605 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10607 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10608 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10609 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10611 struct breakpoint *b;
10612 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10613 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10614 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10616 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10617 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10618 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10620 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10621 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10622 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10624 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10625 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10627 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10628 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10629 error(_("No address range specified."));
10631 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10634 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10636 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10639 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10640 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10641 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10643 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10645 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10646 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10647 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10649 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10650 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10651 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10653 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10654 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10656 /* Parse the end location. */
10658 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10661 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10662 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10663 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10664 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10665 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10666 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10667 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10668 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10670 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10672 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10673 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10675 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10676 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10677 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10678 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10680 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10681 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10682 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10684 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10685 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10686 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10688 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10690 /* Length overflowed. */
10691 error (_("Address range too large."));
10692 else if (length == 1)
10694 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10695 the `hbreak' command. */
10696 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10698 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10703 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10704 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10705 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10706 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10707 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10708 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10709 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10710 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10711 b->loc->length = length;
10713 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10716 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10717 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10720 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10721 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10722 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10726 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10728 int i = exp->nelts;
10734 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10735 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10738 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10748 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10749 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10750 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10751 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10752 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10754 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10781 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10784 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10785 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10790 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10791 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10792 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10793 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10794 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10795 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10796 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10798 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10799 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10804 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10806 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10807 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10808 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10809 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10811 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10812 are always constant. */
10814 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10816 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10817 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10818 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10823 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10824 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10825 then it is not a constant. */
10834 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10837 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10839 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10841 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10843 xfree (w->exp_string);
10844 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10845 value_free (w->val);
10847 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10850 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10853 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10855 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10857 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10858 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10860 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10861 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10862 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10863 are loaded and unloaded.
10865 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10866 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10867 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10868 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10869 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10870 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10872 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10873 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10874 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10875 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10877 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10878 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10880 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10881 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10882 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10885 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10888 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10890 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10891 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10893 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10897 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10900 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10902 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10903 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10905 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10910 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10911 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10912 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10914 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10915 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10917 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10918 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10919 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10920 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10921 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10922 (did not match the data address). */
10923 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10924 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10931 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10933 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10935 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10938 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10939 hardware watchpoints. */
10942 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10944 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10945 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10947 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10950 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10951 hardware watchpoints. */
10954 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10956 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10957 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10960 static enum print_stop_action
10961 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10963 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10964 struct breakpoint *b;
10965 struct ui_file *stb;
10966 enum print_stop_action result;
10967 struct watchpoint *w;
10968 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10970 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10972 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10973 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10975 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10976 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10980 case bp_watchpoint:
10981 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10982 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10984 ui_out_field_string
10986 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10988 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10990 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10991 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10993 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10994 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10995 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10996 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10997 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11000 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11001 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11002 ui_out_field_string
11004 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11006 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11007 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11008 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11009 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
11010 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11011 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11014 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11015 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
11017 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11018 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11019 ui_out_field_string
11021 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11023 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11024 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
11025 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
11026 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
11027 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
11032 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11033 ui_out_field_string
11035 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11036 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
11037 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
11039 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
11040 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
11041 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11042 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11045 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11048 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11052 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11056 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11058 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11059 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11060 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11064 case bp_watchpoint:
11065 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11066 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11068 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11069 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11070 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11072 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11073 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11074 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11076 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11077 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11078 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11081 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11082 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11085 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11086 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11088 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11091 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11095 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11097 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11101 case bp_watchpoint:
11102 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11103 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11105 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11106 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11108 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11112 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11113 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11116 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11117 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11120 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11124 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11126 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11127 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11128 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11134 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11136 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11138 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11139 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11142 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11144 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11146 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11147 bl->watchpoint_type);
11150 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11151 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11154 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11156 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11158 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11159 bl->watchpoint_type);
11162 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11163 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11166 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11168 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11170 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11173 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11174 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11177 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11182 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11183 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11185 static enum print_stop_action
11186 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11188 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11189 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11191 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11192 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11196 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11197 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11198 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11199 ui_out_field_string
11201 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11204 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11205 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11206 ui_out_field_string
11208 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11211 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11212 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11213 ui_out_field_string
11215 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11218 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11219 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11223 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11224 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11225 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11226 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11228 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11229 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11232 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11233 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11236 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11237 struct ui_out *uiout)
11239 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11241 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11242 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11244 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11245 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11246 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11249 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11250 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11253 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11255 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11256 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11257 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11261 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11262 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11263 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11265 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11266 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11267 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11269 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11270 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11271 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11274 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11275 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11278 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11279 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11281 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11284 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11285 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11288 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11290 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11295 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11296 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11298 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11299 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11301 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11302 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11305 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11306 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11309 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11311 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11314 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11316 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11318 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11321 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11323 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11326 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11327 hw_read: watch read,
11328 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11330 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11331 int just_location, int internal)
11333 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11334 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11335 struct expression *exp;
11336 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11337 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11338 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11339 struct frame_info *frame;
11340 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11341 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11342 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11344 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11345 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11346 enum bptype bp_type;
11349 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11350 the hardware watchpoint. */
11352 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11353 struct watchpoint *w;
11355 struct cleanup *back_to;
11357 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11358 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11360 const char *value_start;
11362 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11364 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11365 of the arguments string. */
11366 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11368 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11369 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11372 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11373 This is the value of the parameter. */
11374 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11376 value_start = tok + 1;
11378 /* Skip whitespace. */
11379 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11384 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11385 This is the parameter itself. */
11386 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11389 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11391 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11393 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11394 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11395 only in a specific thread. */
11399 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11401 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11402 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11404 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11406 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11407 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11409 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11410 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11411 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11413 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11415 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11416 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11418 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11421 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11423 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11425 mark = value_mark ();
11426 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11427 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11428 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11431 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11434 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11435 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11442 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11443 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11445 innermost_block = NULL;
11446 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11447 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11448 exp_start = arg = expression;
11449 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11451 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11452 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11454 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11457 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11458 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11462 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11463 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11465 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11468 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11469 mark = value_mark ();
11470 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11472 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11474 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11475 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11482 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11483 val = value_addr (result);
11484 release_value (val);
11485 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11489 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11492 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11493 else if (ret == -2)
11494 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11497 else if (val != NULL)
11498 release_value (val);
11500 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11501 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11503 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11504 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11506 struct expression *cond;
11508 innermost_block = NULL;
11509 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11510 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11512 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11513 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11514 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11520 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11522 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11524 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11525 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11526 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11527 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11528 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11530 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11533 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11534 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11535 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11536 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11538 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11540 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11541 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11543 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11544 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11546 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11547 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11548 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11549 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11550 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11551 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11552 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11553 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11554 scope_breakpoint->type);
11558 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11559 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11560 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11561 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11563 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11564 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11565 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11566 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11568 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11570 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11573 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11574 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11576 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11577 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11578 b->thread = thread;
11579 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11580 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11582 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11583 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11586 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11587 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11590 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11591 name = type_to_string (t);
11593 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11594 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11597 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11598 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11600 /* The above expression is in C. */
11601 b->language = language_c;
11604 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11608 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11613 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11614 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11619 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11621 b->cond_string = 0;
11625 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11626 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11630 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11631 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11634 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11636 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11637 need to act on them together. */
11638 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11639 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11642 if (!just_location)
11643 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11645 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11647 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11648 that should be inserted. */
11649 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11653 delete_breakpoint (b);
11654 throw_exception (e);
11657 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11658 do_cleanups (back_to);
11661 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11662 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11665 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11667 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11668 struct value *head = v;
11670 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11671 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11674 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11675 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11676 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11677 hardware watchpoint.
11679 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11680 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11681 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11682 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11683 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11684 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11685 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11686 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11687 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11689 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11690 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11691 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11692 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11693 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11695 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11697 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11698 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11699 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11700 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11701 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11702 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11706 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11707 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11708 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11710 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11711 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11712 middle of some value chain. */
11714 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11715 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11717 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11721 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11722 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11723 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11725 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11729 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11733 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11734 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11735 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11736 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11737 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11740 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11741 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11742 return found_memory_cnt;
11746 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11748 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11751 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11752 calls watch_command_1. */
11755 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11757 int just_location = 0;
11760 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11761 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11763 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11767 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11771 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11773 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11777 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11779 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11783 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11785 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11789 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11791 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11795 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11797 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11801 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11802 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11804 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11806 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11807 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11811 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11812 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11813 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11816 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11818 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11820 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11821 if (a->breakpoint2)
11822 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11823 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11827 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11829 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11830 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11831 struct frame_info *frame;
11832 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11833 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11834 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11835 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11836 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11837 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11839 struct thread_info *tp;
11841 clear_proceed_status (0);
11843 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11846 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11847 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11848 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11849 get_last_displayed_line ());
11851 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11852 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11854 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11855 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11857 sal = sals.sals[0];
11858 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11861 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11863 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11865 tp = inferior_thread ();
11868 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11870 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11871 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11872 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11875 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11876 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11877 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11878 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11880 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11883 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11885 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11887 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11888 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11889 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11893 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11895 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11896 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11899 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11903 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11904 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11905 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11906 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11908 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11909 only at the very same frame. */
11910 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11911 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11912 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11914 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11916 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11917 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11918 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11919 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11921 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11923 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11924 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11926 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11927 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11928 args->thread_num = thread;
11930 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11931 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11932 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11936 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11939 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11940 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11942 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11943 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11944 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11945 if clause in the arg string. */
11948 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11952 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11955 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11958 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11959 condition string. */
11960 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11961 cond_string = *arg;
11963 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11965 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11967 return cond_string;
11970 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11971 process start/exit, etc. */
11975 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11976 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11981 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11982 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11984 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11985 char *cond_string = NULL;
11986 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11989 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11990 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11991 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11995 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11997 /* The allowed syntax is:
11999 catch [v]fork if <cond>
12001 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12002 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12004 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12005 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12007 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
12008 and enable reporting of such events. */
12011 case catch_fork_temporary:
12012 case catch_fork_permanent:
12013 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12014 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
12016 case catch_vfork_temporary:
12017 case catch_vfork_permanent:
12018 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12019 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
12022 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
12028 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12029 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12031 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
12032 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12034 char *cond_string = NULL;
12036 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12040 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12042 /* The allowed syntax is:
12044 catch exec if <cond>
12046 First, check if there's an if clause. */
12047 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12049 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12050 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12052 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12053 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12054 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12055 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12057 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12061 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12062 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12063 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12065 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12072 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12074 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12076 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12077 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12078 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12079 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12080 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12081 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12082 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12083 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12084 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12085 enough for now, though. */
12088 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12090 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12091 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12092 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12093 b->language = language_ada;
12096 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12097 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12099 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12101 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12102 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12104 while (*arg != '\0')
12106 int i, syscall_number;
12108 char cur_name[128];
12111 /* Skip whitespace. */
12112 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12114 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12115 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12116 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12119 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12120 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12121 if (*endptr == '\0')
12122 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
12125 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12127 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
12129 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12130 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12131 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12132 syscall number to be caught. */
12133 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12136 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12137 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12140 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12144 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12147 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12148 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12153 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12155 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12156 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12157 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12158 this architecture yet."));
12160 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12162 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12164 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12165 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12166 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12167 for his/her architecture. */
12168 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
12170 /* The allowed syntax is:
12172 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12174 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12177 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12181 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12182 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12186 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12188 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12193 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12195 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12198 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12201 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12203 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12204 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12205 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12206 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12208 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12210 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12213 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12217 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12220 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12223 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12225 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12226 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12229 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12230 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12232 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12236 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12237 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12238 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12239 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12244 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12245 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12246 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12247 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12249 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12250 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12251 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12252 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12253 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12254 error (_("No source file specified."));
12256 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12262 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12263 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12264 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12265 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12267 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12268 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12269 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12270 due to optimization, all in one block.
12272 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12273 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12274 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12275 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12276 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12277 to support that. */
12279 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12280 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12281 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12285 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12286 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12288 const char *sal_fullname;
12290 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12291 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12292 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12295 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12300 1 0 <can't happen> */
12302 sal = sals.sals[i];
12303 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12304 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12306 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12307 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12310 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12311 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12313 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12314 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12316 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12317 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12318 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12320 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12321 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12322 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12323 || loc->section == sal.section));
12324 int line_match = 0;
12326 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12327 && loc->symtab != NULL
12328 && sal_fullname != NULL
12329 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12330 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12331 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12332 sal_fullname) == 0)
12335 if (pc_match || line_match)
12344 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12348 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12349 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12352 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12354 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12357 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12358 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12359 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12360 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12361 compare_breakpoints);
12362 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12363 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12367 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12372 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12373 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12376 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12377 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12379 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12382 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12385 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12386 delete_breakpoint (b);
12389 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12391 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12394 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12395 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12396 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12399 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12401 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12403 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12404 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12405 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12407 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12411 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12412 delete_breakpoint (b);
12416 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12417 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12418 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12419 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12420 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12421 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12424 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12426 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12427 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12428 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12429 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12430 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12432 if (a->address != b->address)
12433 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12435 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12436 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12439 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12440 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12441 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12443 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12444 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12445 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12447 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12448 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12449 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12451 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12452 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12453 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12455 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12458 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12459 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12460 content of the bp_location array. */
12463 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12465 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12467 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12468 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12470 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12472 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12474 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12477 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12478 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12480 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12481 addr = bl->address - start;
12482 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12483 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12485 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12487 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12488 addr = end - bl->address;
12489 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12490 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12494 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12497 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12499 struct breakpoint *b;
12500 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12502 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12505 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12507 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12509 struct bp_location *bl;
12510 struct tracepoint *t;
12511 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12513 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12514 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12515 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12518 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12520 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12521 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12522 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12523 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12526 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12528 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12531 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12533 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12534 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12535 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12536 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12539 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12542 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12545 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12547 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12548 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12549 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12550 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12552 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12553 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12554 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12555 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12556 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12558 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12559 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12560 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12561 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12562 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12563 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12564 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12565 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12568 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12569 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12570 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12574 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12576 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12577 struct bp_location *loc;
12578 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12581 address = bl->address;
12582 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12584 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12585 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12586 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12588 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12589 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12592 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12593 the same program space as the location
12594 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12595 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12596 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12600 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12601 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12604 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12605 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12606 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12607 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12608 that have already been marked. */
12609 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12611 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12613 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12615 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12616 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12620 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12621 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12622 locations are duplicate of which.
12624 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12625 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12629 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12631 struct breakpoint *b;
12632 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12633 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12634 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12635 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12636 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12637 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12639 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12640 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12641 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12642 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12643 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12645 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12646 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12647 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12648 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12650 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12651 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12652 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12653 unsigned old_location_count;
12655 old_location = bp_location;
12656 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12657 bp_location = NULL;
12658 bp_location_count = 0;
12659 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12662 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12663 bp_location_count++;
12665 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12666 locp = bp_location;
12667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12668 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12670 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12671 bp_location_compare);
12673 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12675 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12676 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12677 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12678 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12679 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12682 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12683 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12685 locp = bp_location;
12686 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12689 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12690 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12692 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12693 not, we have to free it. */
12694 int found_object = 0;
12695 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12696 int keep_in_target = 0;
12699 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12700 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12701 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12702 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12706 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12707 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12710 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12711 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12712 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12714 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12715 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12716 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12718 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12719 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12722 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12726 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12727 have to go through updates again. */
12728 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12730 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12732 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12734 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12735 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12736 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12737 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12738 at certain location is not inserted. */
12740 if (old_loc->inserted)
12742 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12745 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12747 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12748 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12749 keep_in_target = 1;
12753 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12754 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12755 remove its target-side condition. */
12757 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12758 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12759 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12760 this one from the target. */
12762 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12763 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12766 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12767 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12770 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12772 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12774 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12775 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12776 supported, but the latter are. */
12777 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12779 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12780 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12783 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12784 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12786 if (loc2 != old_loc
12787 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12789 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12790 keep_in_target = 1;
12798 if (!keep_in_target)
12800 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12802 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12803 this location on the global list, and try to
12804 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12805 reason why we will succeed next time.
12807 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12808 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12809 only after calling us. */
12810 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12811 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12812 old_loc->owner->number);
12820 if (removed && non_stop
12821 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12822 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12824 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12825 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12826 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12827 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12828 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12829 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12830 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12831 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12832 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12833 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12834 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12835 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12836 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12837 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12840 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12841 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12843 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12844 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12845 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12846 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12847 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12848 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12849 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12850 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12851 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12852 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12853 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12854 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12855 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12858 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12859 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12860 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12861 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12863 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12864 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12865 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12866 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12867 traps we can no longer explain. */
12869 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12870 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12872 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12876 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12877 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12882 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12883 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12884 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12885 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12886 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12887 are sorted first for the same address.
12889 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12890 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12892 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12893 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12894 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12895 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12898 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12900 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12903 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12904 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12905 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12906 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12907 `struct bp_location'. */
12908 || is_tracepoint (b))
12910 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12911 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12915 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12916 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12917 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12918 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12919 "actually inserted"));
12921 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12922 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12923 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12924 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12925 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12926 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12928 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12930 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12931 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12932 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12934 *loc_first_p = loc;
12935 loc->duplicate = 0;
12937 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12939 loc->needs_update = 1;
12940 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12941 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12947 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12948 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12949 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12951 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12952 loc->duplicate = 1;
12954 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12955 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12957 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12958 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12959 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12960 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12961 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12964 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12966 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12967 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12970 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12971 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12972 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12973 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12974 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12976 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12980 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12981 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12983 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12987 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12989 struct bp_location *loc;
12992 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12993 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12995 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12996 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
13002 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
13004 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13006 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13007 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
13010 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
13013 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
13017 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
13018 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
13020 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
13021 bs->old_val = NULL;
13022 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
13026 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
13028 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
13030 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
13032 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
13036 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
13040 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
13042 struct value_print_options opts;
13044 get_user_print_options (&opts);
13046 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
13048 if (b->loc == NULL)
13050 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13054 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13056 printf_filtered (" at ");
13057 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13060 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13062 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13064 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13065 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13066 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13067 b->loc->line_number);
13069 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13070 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13071 real situation somewhat. */
13072 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13077 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13079 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13081 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13086 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13089 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13091 xfree (self->cond);
13092 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13093 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13094 xfree (self->function_name);
13096 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13097 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13100 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13105 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13109 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13111 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13112 xfree (self->cond_string);
13113 xfree (self->extra_string);
13114 xfree (self->addr_string);
13115 xfree (self->filter);
13116 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13119 static struct bp_location *
13120 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13122 struct bp_location *loc;
13124 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13125 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13130 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13132 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13135 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13136 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13139 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13141 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13145 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13147 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13151 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13152 struct address_space *aspace,
13154 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13156 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13160 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13165 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13169 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13171 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13174 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13178 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13180 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13183 static enum print_stop_action
13184 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13186 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13190 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13191 struct ui_out *uiout)
13197 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13199 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13203 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13205 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13209 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13210 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13211 enum bptype type_wanted,
13215 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13219 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13220 struct linespec_result *c,
13222 char *extra_string,
13223 enum bptype type_wanted,
13224 enum bpdisp disposition,
13226 int task, int ignore_count,
13227 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13228 int from_tty, int enabled,
13229 int internal, unsigned flags)
13231 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13235 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13236 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13238 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13241 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13244 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13249 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13252 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13254 /* Nothing to do. */
13257 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13259 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13260 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13261 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13262 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13263 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13264 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13265 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13266 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13267 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13268 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13270 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13271 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13272 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13273 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13274 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13275 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13276 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13277 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13280 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13283 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13285 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13286 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13288 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13289 delete_breakpoint (b);
13293 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13296 /* Copy SRC's shadow buffer and whatever else we'd set if we actually
13297 inserted DEST, so we can remove it later, in case SRC is removed
13301 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (struct bp_target_info *dest,
13302 const struct bp_target_info *src)
13304 dest->shadow_len = src->shadow_len;
13305 memcpy (dest->shadow_contents, src->shadow_contents, src->shadow_len);
13306 dest->placed_size = src->placed_size;
13310 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13312 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13313 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
13317 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13321 /* There is no need to insert a breakpoint if an unconditional
13322 raw/sss breakpoint is already inserted at that location. */
13323 sss_slot = find_single_step_breakpoint (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
13324 bp_tgt->placed_address);
13327 struct bp_target_info *sss_bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[sss_slot];
13329 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, sss_bp_tgt);
13333 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13338 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13340 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13341 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13344 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = &bl->target_info;
13345 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
13346 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
13348 /* Only remove the breakpoint if there is no raw/sss breakpoint
13349 still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would be
13350 effectively disabling the raw/sss breakpoint. */
13351 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, address))
13354 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13359 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13360 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13361 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13363 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13364 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13367 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13371 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13372 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13373 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13380 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13381 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13382 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13384 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13385 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13387 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13388 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13389 be set at the same address. */
13393 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13397 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13399 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13404 static enum print_stop_action
13405 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13407 struct breakpoint *b;
13408 const struct bp_location *bl;
13410 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13412 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13414 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13415 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13417 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13418 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13419 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13422 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13427 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13429 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13430 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13431 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13433 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13434 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13436 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13440 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13442 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13447 case bp_breakpoint:
13448 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13449 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13450 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13452 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13453 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13454 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13455 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13457 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13458 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13461 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13469 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13471 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13473 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13475 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13476 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13477 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13478 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13481 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13482 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13485 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13489 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13490 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13491 enum bptype type_wanted,
13492 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13494 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13495 addr_start, copy_arg);
13499 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13500 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13502 char *extra_string,
13503 enum bptype type_wanted,
13504 enum bpdisp disposition,
13506 int task, int ignore_count,
13507 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13508 int from_tty, int enabled,
13509 int internal, unsigned flags)
13511 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13512 cond_string, extra_string,
13514 disposition, thread, task,
13515 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13516 enabled, internal, flags);
13520 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13521 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13523 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13526 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13529 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13533 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13534 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13535 case bp_overlay_event:
13536 case bp_longjmp_master:
13537 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13538 case bp_exception_master:
13539 delete_breakpoint (b);
13542 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13543 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13544 case bp_shlib_event:
13546 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13547 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13548 case bp_thread_event:
13554 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13556 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13558 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13559 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13560 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13561 objects (among other things). */
13562 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13563 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13569 static enum print_stop_action
13570 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13572 struct breakpoint *b;
13574 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13578 case bp_shlib_event:
13579 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13580 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13581 to shlib event" message.) */
13582 print_solib_event (0);
13585 case bp_thread_event:
13586 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13587 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13588 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13591 case bp_overlay_event:
13592 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13593 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13596 case bp_longjmp_master:
13597 /* These should never be enabled. */
13598 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13601 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13602 /* These should never be enabled. */
13603 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13604 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13607 case bp_exception_master:
13608 /* These should never be enabled. */
13609 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13610 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13614 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13618 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13620 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13623 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13626 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13628 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13629 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13630 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13631 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13635 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13637 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13640 static enum print_stop_action
13641 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13643 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13645 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13647 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13652 ui_out_field_string
13654 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13658 ui_out_field_string
13660 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13665 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13669 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13671 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13674 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13676 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13677 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13680 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13682 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13685 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13687 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13690 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13693 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13695 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13699 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13701 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13710 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13712 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13713 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13717 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13721 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13722 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13723 enum bptype type_wanted,
13724 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13726 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13728 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13730 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13731 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13733 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13737 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13738 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13740 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13742 error (_("probe not found"));
13745 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13748 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13750 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13754 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13755 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13756 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13758 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13764 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13765 struct ui_out *uiout)
13767 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13768 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13770 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13772 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13773 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13774 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13775 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13780 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13782 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13787 case bp_tracepoint:
13788 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13789 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13791 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13792 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13793 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13795 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13796 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13797 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13800 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13801 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13808 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13810 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13812 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13814 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13815 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13816 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13817 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13819 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13820 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13822 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13823 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13825 if (tp->pass_count)
13826 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13830 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13831 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13832 enum bptype type_wanted,
13833 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13835 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13836 addr_start, copy_arg);
13840 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13841 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13843 char *extra_string,
13844 enum bptype type_wanted,
13845 enum bpdisp disposition,
13847 int task, int ignore_count,
13848 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13849 int from_tty, int enabled,
13850 int internal, unsigned flags)
13852 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13853 cond_string, extra_string,
13855 disposition, thread, task,
13856 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13857 enabled, internal, flags);
13861 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13862 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13864 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13867 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13869 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13873 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13874 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13875 enum bptype type_wanted,
13876 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13878 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13879 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13880 addr_start, copy_arg);
13884 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13885 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13887 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13888 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13891 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13893 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13896 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13898 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13900 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13901 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13902 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13903 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13905 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13906 error (_("Format string required"));
13908 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13909 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13910 3 - disconnect from target 1
13911 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13913 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13914 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13915 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13916 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13917 it all the time. */
13918 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13919 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13922 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13925 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13927 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13929 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13932 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13935 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13936 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13937 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13938 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13939 address are all handled. */
13942 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13944 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13945 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13946 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13948 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13949 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13950 condition not be evaluated. */
13953 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13954 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13955 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13956 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13957 commands here throws. */
13958 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13959 bs->commands = NULL;
13960 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13962 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13964 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13965 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13967 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13970 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13974 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13975 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13976 enum bptype type_wanted,
13977 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13979 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13981 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13983 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13985 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13986 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13987 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13991 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13992 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13994 char *extra_string,
13995 enum bptype type_wanted,
13996 enum bpdisp disposition,
13998 int task, int ignore_count,
13999 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14000 int from_tty, int enabled,
14001 int internal, unsigned flags)
14004 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
14005 canonical->sals, 0);
14007 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
14008 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
14009 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
14010 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
14011 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
14012 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
14014 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
14016 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
14017 struct tracepoint *tp;
14018 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14021 expanded.nelts = 1;
14022 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
14024 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
14025 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
14027 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
14028 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
14030 cond_string, extra_string,
14031 type_wanted, disposition,
14032 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
14033 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
14034 canonical->special_display);
14035 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
14036 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
14037 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
14038 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
14039 try to match up which of the newly found markers
14040 corresponds to this one */
14041 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
14043 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
14045 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
14050 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14051 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14053 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14055 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
14056 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
14058 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
14062 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14065 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14068 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
14070 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14073 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
14077 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14079 struct breakpoint *b;
14081 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
14083 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
14084 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
14087 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
14088 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
14089 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
14090 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
14091 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14094 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14095 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14096 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14097 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14099 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14102 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14103 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14104 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14106 struct breakpoint *related;
14107 struct watchpoint *w;
14109 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14110 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14111 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14112 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14116 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14118 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14119 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14120 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14121 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14122 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14125 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14126 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14127 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14128 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14130 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14132 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14133 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14136 if (b->next == bpt)
14138 b->next = bpt->next;
14142 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14144 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14145 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14146 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14147 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14148 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14149 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14150 commands won't work. */
14152 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14154 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14155 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14156 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14157 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14158 might be better design to have location completely
14159 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14160 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14162 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14163 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14164 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14165 bpt->type = bp_none;
14170 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14172 delete_breakpoint (b);
14176 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14178 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14181 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14182 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14185 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14186 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14190 struct breakpoint *related;
14195 struct breakpoint *next;
14197 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14198 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14200 if (next == related)
14202 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14203 function (related, data);
14205 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14206 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14211 function (related, data);
14215 while (related != b);
14219 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14221 delete_breakpoint (b);
14224 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14225 delete_breakpoint. */
14228 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14230 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14234 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14236 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14242 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14244 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14245 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14246 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14247 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14248 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14250 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14254 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14256 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14258 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14259 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14260 delete_breakpoint (b);
14264 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14268 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14270 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14271 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14272 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14277 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14278 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14279 Null names are ignored. */
14282 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14284 struct bp_location *l;
14285 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14286 (int (*) (const void *,
14287 const void *)) streq,
14288 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14290 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14293 const char *name = l->function_name;
14295 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14299 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14301 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14305 htab_delete (htab);
14311 htab_delete (htab);
14315 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14316 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14317 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14318 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14319 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14320 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14321 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14322 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14325 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14326 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14327 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14328 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14329 in the sources, and output a warning.
14331 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14332 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14333 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14334 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14335 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14338 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14339 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14340 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14341 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14342 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14343 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14344 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14345 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14346 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14348 static struct symtab_and_line
14349 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14351 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14352 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14357 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14359 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14361 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14362 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14364 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14366 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14367 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14368 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14373 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14375 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14377 && sal.symtab != NULL
14378 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14380 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14383 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14385 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14387 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14388 struct symbol *sym;
14389 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14390 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14392 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14394 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14395 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14397 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14398 "found at previous line number"),
14399 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14403 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14405 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14406 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14407 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14410 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14411 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14412 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14414 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14415 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14416 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14420 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14422 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14425 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14426 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14428 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14429 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14431 xfree (b->addr_string);
14432 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14433 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14434 b->loc->line_number);
14436 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14439 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14445 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14446 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14449 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14453 if (a->address != b->address)
14456 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14459 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14466 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14472 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14473 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14474 a ranged breakpoint. */
14477 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14478 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14479 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14482 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14484 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14486 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14488 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14489 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14490 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14491 "multiple locations found\n"),
14496 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14497 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14498 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14499 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14500 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14501 individual locations. */
14502 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14507 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14509 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14511 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14513 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14515 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14517 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14520 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14522 s = b->cond_string;
14523 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14525 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14526 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14531 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14532 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14533 b->number, e.message);
14534 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14538 if (sals_end.nelts)
14540 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14542 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14546 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14547 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14548 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14550 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14553 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14554 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14555 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14556 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14557 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14558 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14559 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14561 for (; e; e = e->next)
14563 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14565 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14566 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14568 for (; l; l = l->next)
14569 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14577 for (; l; l = l->next)
14578 if (l->function_name
14579 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14589 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14590 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14592 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14595 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14596 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14598 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14599 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14602 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14603 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14605 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14608 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14610 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14614 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14615 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14616 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14617 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14618 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14619 state, then user already saw the message about that
14620 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14622 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14623 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14624 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14625 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14626 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14627 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14629 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14631 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14632 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14633 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14634 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14635 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14636 which approach is better. */
14637 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14638 throw_exception (e);
14642 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14646 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14647 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14648 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14650 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14653 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14654 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14657 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14658 b->thread = thread;
14661 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14662 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14665 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14666 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14676 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14677 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14681 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14684 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14685 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14686 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14688 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14691 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14695 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14697 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14700 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14701 expanded_end = sals_end;
14705 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14708 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14709 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14712 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14713 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14714 enum bptype type_wanted,
14715 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14717 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14720 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14721 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14725 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14726 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14728 char *extra_string,
14729 enum bptype type_wanted,
14730 enum bpdisp disposition,
14732 int task, int ignore_count,
14733 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14734 int from_tty, int enabled,
14735 int internal, unsigned flags)
14737 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14739 type_wanted, disposition,
14740 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14741 enabled, internal, flags);
14744 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14745 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14748 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14749 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14751 struct linespec_result canonical;
14753 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14754 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14755 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14756 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14759 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14760 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14762 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14764 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14766 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14767 *sals = lsal->sals;
14768 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14770 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14773 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14776 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14778 static struct cleanup *
14779 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14781 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14783 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14784 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14785 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14786 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14787 set_language (b->language);
14792 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14793 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14794 Unused in this case. */
14797 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14799 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14800 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14801 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14803 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14804 b->ops->re_set (b);
14805 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14809 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14811 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14813 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14814 enum language save_language;
14815 int save_input_radix;
14816 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14818 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14819 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14820 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14824 /* Format possible error msg. */
14825 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14827 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14828 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14829 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14831 set_language (save_language);
14832 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14834 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14836 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14838 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14839 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14840 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14841 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14844 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14846 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14847 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14849 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14851 if (b->thread != -1)
14853 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14854 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14856 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14857 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14858 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14860 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14864 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14865 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14866 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14869 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14871 struct breakpoint *b;
14876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14877 if (b->number == bptnum)
14879 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14881 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14882 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14887 b->ignore_count = count;
14891 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14892 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14894 else if (count == 1)
14895 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14898 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14899 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14902 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14906 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14909 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14912 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14918 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14920 num = get_number (&p);
14922 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14924 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14926 set_ignore_count (num,
14927 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14930 printf_filtered ("\n");
14933 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14934 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14937 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14942 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14944 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14947 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14949 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14951 while (!state.finished)
14953 const char *p = state.string;
14957 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14960 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14964 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14965 if (b->number == num)
14968 function (b, data);
14972 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14977 static struct bp_location *
14978 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14980 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14984 struct breakpoint *b;
14985 struct bp_location *loc;
14990 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14992 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14994 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14995 if (b->number == bp_num)
15000 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
15001 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
15004 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
15006 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
15010 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
15013 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
15019 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
15020 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
15021 which ends with a period (no newline). */
15024 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15026 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
15027 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
15028 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
15029 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
15032 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
15033 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
15036 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
15038 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15039 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15041 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15042 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15044 struct bp_location *location;
15046 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15047 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
15050 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15052 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15055 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
15058 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15060 disable_breakpoint (b);
15063 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15064 disable_breakpoint. */
15067 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15069 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15073 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15077 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15080 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15081 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
15085 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15089 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15091 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15098 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15100 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15101 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15102 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15103 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15105 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15108 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15109 num = extract_arg (&args);
15115 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15118 int target_resources_ok;
15120 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15123 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15124 target_resources_ok =
15125 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15127 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15128 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15129 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15130 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15133 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15135 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15136 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15137 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15139 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15143 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15144 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15145 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15149 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15150 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15156 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
15157 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15159 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15161 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15162 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15164 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15165 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15167 struct bp_location *location;
15169 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15170 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15173 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15174 bpt->enable_count = count;
15175 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15177 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15182 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15184 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15188 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15190 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15193 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15194 enable_breakpoint. */
15197 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15199 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15202 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15203 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15204 in stopping the inferior. */
15207 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15211 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15213 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15214 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15215 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15219 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15223 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15225 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15232 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15234 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15235 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15236 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15237 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15239 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15242 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15243 num = extract_arg (&args);
15248 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15258 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15260 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15262 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15266 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15268 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15270 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15274 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15276 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15280 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15282 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15284 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15288 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15290 int count = get_number (&args);
15292 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15296 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15298 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15300 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15304 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15306 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15310 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15315 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15319 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15320 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15324 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15325 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15326 const bfd_byte *data)
15328 struct breakpoint *bp;
15330 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15331 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15332 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15334 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15336 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15338 struct bp_location *loc;
15340 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15341 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15342 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15343 && addr + len > loc->address)
15345 value_free (wp->val);
15353 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15354 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15355 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15356 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15360 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15361 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
15363 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
15364 struct bp_location *bl;
15366 bp_tgt = XCNEW (struct bp_target_info);
15368 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
15369 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
15371 /* If an unconditional non-raw breakpoint is already inserted at
15372 that location, there's no need to insert another. However, with
15373 target-side evaluation of breakpoint conditions, if the
15374 breakpoint that is currently inserted on the target is
15375 conditional, we need to make it unconditional. Note that a
15376 breakpoint with target-side commands is not reported even if
15377 unconditional, so we need to remove the commands from the target
15379 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, pc);
15381 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15382 && VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15384 bp_target_info_copy_insertion_state (bp_tgt, &bl->target_info);
15388 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
15390 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15398 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15399 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15402 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
15404 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
15405 struct address_space *aspace = bp_tgt->placed_address_space;
15406 CORE_ADDR address = bp_tgt->placed_address;
15407 struct bp_location *bl;
15410 bl = find_non_raw_software_breakpoint_inserted_here (aspace, address);
15412 /* Only remove the raw breakpoint if there are no other non-raw
15413 breakpoints still inserted at this location. Otherwise, we would
15414 be effectively disabling those breakpoints. */
15416 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
15417 else if (!VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions)
15418 || !VEC_empty (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands))
15420 /* The target is evaluating conditions, and when we inserted the
15421 software single-step breakpoint, we had made the breakpoint
15422 unconditional and command-less on the target side. Reinsert
15423 to restore the conditions/commands. */
15424 ret = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
15434 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15437 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15438 struct address_space *aspace,
15443 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
15445 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
15446 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
15450 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
15451 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
15452 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
15455 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15456 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15457 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15458 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15459 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15460 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15462 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
15463 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
15464 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15465 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
15468 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15469 were inserted or not. */
15472 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15474 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
15475 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
15478 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15481 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15483 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
15485 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15487 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
15488 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
15489 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
15490 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
15492 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
15494 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
15495 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
15496 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
15497 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
15501 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15502 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15503 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15507 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15511 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15512 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15514 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15515 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
15516 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
15520 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15524 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15528 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15529 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15530 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15531 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15534 /* Find the software single-step breakpoint that inserted at PC.
15535 Returns its slot if found, and -1 if not found. */
15538 find_single_step_breakpoint (struct address_space *aspace,
15543 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15545 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15547 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15548 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15556 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15560 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15563 return find_single_step_breakpoint (aspace, pc) >= 0;
15566 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15567 non-zero otherwise. */
15569 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15571 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15572 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15573 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15580 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15582 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15583 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15585 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15589 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15591 struct breakpoint *bp;
15593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15594 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15596 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15598 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15602 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15604 if (syscall_number == iter)
15614 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15615 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15616 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15617 const char *text, const char *word)
15619 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15620 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15621 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15627 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15629 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15631 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15633 tracepoint_count = num;
15634 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15638 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15640 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15641 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15643 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15644 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15646 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15648 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15650 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15652 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15653 0 /* Ignore count */,
15654 pending_break_support,
15658 0 /* internal */, 0);
15662 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15664 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15666 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15668 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15669 0 /* Ignore count */,
15670 pending_break_support,
15671 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15674 0 /* internal */, 0);
15677 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15680 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15682 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15684 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15685 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15686 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15687 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15689 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15691 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15693 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15695 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15696 0 /* Ignore count */,
15697 pending_break_support,
15701 0 /* internal */, 0);
15704 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15705 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15707 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15708 static int next_cmd;
15711 read_uploaded_action (void)
15715 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15722 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15723 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15724 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15725 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15726 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15728 struct tracepoint *
15729 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15731 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15732 struct tracepoint *tp;
15734 if (utp->at_string)
15735 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15738 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15739 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15740 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15742 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15743 "source location, using raw address"),
15745 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15746 addr_str = small_buf;
15749 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15750 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15751 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15752 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15755 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15757 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15758 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15760 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15761 0 /* Ignore count */,
15762 pending_break_support,
15763 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15765 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15767 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15770 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15771 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15772 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15776 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15779 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15782 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15783 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15784 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15786 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15788 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15793 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15795 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15797 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15798 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15799 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15800 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15803 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15804 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15805 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15810 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15814 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15816 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15819 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15821 if (num_printed == 0)
15823 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15824 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15826 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15829 default_collect_info ();
15832 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15833 Not supported by all targets. */
15835 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15837 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15840 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15841 Not supported by all targets. */
15843 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15845 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15848 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15850 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15852 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15858 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15860 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15861 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15862 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15864 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15865 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15867 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15871 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15873 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15875 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15876 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15877 delete_breakpoint (b);
15881 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15884 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15887 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15889 tp->pass_count = count;
15890 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15892 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15893 tp->base.number, count);
15896 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15898 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15899 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15900 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15903 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15905 struct tracepoint *t1;
15906 unsigned int count;
15908 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15909 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15910 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15912 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15914 args = skip_spaces (args);
15915 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15917 struct breakpoint *b;
15919 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15921 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15923 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15925 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15926 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15929 else if (*args == '\0')
15931 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15933 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15937 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15939 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15940 while (!state.finished)
15942 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15944 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15949 struct tracepoint *
15950 get_tracepoint (int num)
15952 struct breakpoint *t;
15954 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15955 if (t->number == num)
15956 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15961 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15962 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15965 struct tracepoint *
15966 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15968 struct breakpoint *b;
15970 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15972 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15974 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15981 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15982 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15983 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15984 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15986 struct tracepoint *
15987 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15988 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15990 struct breakpoint *t;
15992 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15996 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15997 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15999 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
16000 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
16002 tpnum = get_number (arg);
16006 if (instring && *instring)
16007 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
16010 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
16014 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
16015 if (t->number == tpnum)
16017 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
16020 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
16025 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
16027 if (b->thread != -1)
16028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
16031 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
16033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
16036 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
16037 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
16038 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
16042 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
16043 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
16045 struct breakpoint *tp;
16047 struct cleanup *cleanup;
16048 struct ui_file *fp;
16049 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
16051 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
16052 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
16054 /* See if we have anything to save. */
16055 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
16057 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16058 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
16061 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16062 if (filter && !filter (tp))
16067 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
16069 extra_trace_bits = 1;
16071 /* We can stop searching. */
16078 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
16082 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
16083 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
16084 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
16086 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
16087 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
16088 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
16090 if (extra_trace_bits)
16091 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
16093 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
16095 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
16096 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
16099 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
16100 if (filter && !filter (tp))
16103 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
16105 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
16106 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
16109 if (tp->cond_string)
16110 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
16112 if (tp->ignore_count)
16113 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
16115 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
16117 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
16119 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
16121 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
16122 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
16124 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
16126 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
16129 throw_exception (ex);
16131 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
16134 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
16135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
16137 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
16138 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
16139 special, and not user visible. */
16140 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
16142 struct bp_location *loc;
16145 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
16147 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
16151 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
16152 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
16155 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
16156 do_cleanups (cleanup);
16159 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
16162 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16164 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
16167 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
16170 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
16172 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
16175 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
16177 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
16178 all_tracepoints (void)
16180 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
16181 struct breakpoint *tp;
16183 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
16185 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
16192 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
16193 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
16194 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
16196 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
16197 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
16198 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
16199 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
16200 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
16201 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16202 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16203 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16204 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
16205 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
16206 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
16208 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
16209 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16211 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16212 conditions are different.\n\
16214 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
16216 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
16217 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
16219 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
16220 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
16223 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
16224 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
16225 completer_ftype *completer,
16226 void *user_data_catch,
16227 void *user_data_tcatch)
16229 struct cmd_list_element *command;
16231 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16233 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16234 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
16235 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16237 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
16239 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
16240 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
16241 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
16245 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
16247 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
16248 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
16250 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
16251 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
16252 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16256 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16258 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16259 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16260 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16263 struct breakpoint *
16264 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16267 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16269 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16271 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16278 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16279 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16282 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16284 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16285 non-inline function. */
16286 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16292 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16293 have been inlined. */
16296 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16297 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16299 struct breakpoint *b;
16300 struct bp_location *bl;
16302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16304 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16307 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16309 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16310 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16318 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16321 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16323 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16325 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16326 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
16327 loc->symtab = NULL;
16331 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16333 static int initialized = 0;
16335 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16341 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16342 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16343 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16344 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16345 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16346 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16347 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16348 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16349 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16350 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16351 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16352 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16354 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16355 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16356 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16357 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16358 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16359 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16360 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16361 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16363 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16364 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16365 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16366 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16367 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16368 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16369 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16370 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16371 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16372 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16374 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16375 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16376 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16377 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16378 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16379 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16380 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16382 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16383 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16384 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16385 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16386 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16387 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16388 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16390 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16391 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16392 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16393 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16395 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16396 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16397 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16398 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16399 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16400 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16401 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16404 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16405 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16406 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16407 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16408 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16409 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16410 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16411 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16412 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16413 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16414 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16415 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16416 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16417 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16419 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16420 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16421 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16422 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16423 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16424 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16425 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16426 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16427 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16428 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16429 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16432 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16433 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16434 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16435 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16436 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16437 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16438 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16439 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16440 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16441 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16443 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16444 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16445 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16446 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16447 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16449 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16450 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16451 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16452 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16453 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16454 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16456 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16457 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16458 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16459 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16460 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16461 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16462 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16463 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16464 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16465 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16467 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16468 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16469 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16470 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16471 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16472 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16473 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16474 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16475 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16476 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16478 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16479 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16480 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16481 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16482 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16483 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16484 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16485 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16486 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16487 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16488 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16490 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16491 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16492 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16493 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16494 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16495 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16496 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16497 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16498 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16499 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16500 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16502 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16503 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16504 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16505 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16506 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16507 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16508 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16509 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16510 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16511 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16512 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16513 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16515 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16516 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16517 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16518 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16519 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16520 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16521 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16522 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16523 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16526 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16528 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16531 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16533 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16535 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16537 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16538 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16539 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16540 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16542 breakpoint_objfile_key
16543 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16545 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16546 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16547 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16549 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16550 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16551 before a breakpoint is set. */
16552 breakpoint_count = 0;
16554 tracepoint_count = 0;
16556 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16557 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16558 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16560 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16562 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16563 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16564 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16565 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16566 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16567 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16568 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16569 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16571 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16572 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16573 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16574 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16575 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16577 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16578 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16579 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16580 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16581 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16583 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16584 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16586 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16587 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16588 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16589 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16591 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16592 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16594 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16595 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16596 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16597 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16599 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16600 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16602 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16603 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16604 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16605 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16606 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16607 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16608 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16610 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16611 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16612 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16613 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16614 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16615 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16617 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16619 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16620 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16621 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16622 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16623 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16624 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16626 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16627 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16628 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16631 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16632 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16633 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16636 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16637 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16638 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16639 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16642 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16643 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16644 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16647 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16648 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16649 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16652 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16653 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16654 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16655 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16658 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16659 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16660 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16661 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16662 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16663 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16664 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16665 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16667 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16668 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16669 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16670 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16671 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16673 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16674 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16675 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16676 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16677 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16678 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16681 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16682 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16683 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16684 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16686 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16687 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16688 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16689 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16690 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16692 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16693 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16694 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16695 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16697 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16698 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16699 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16700 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16701 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16704 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16705 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16706 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16707 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16708 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16709 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16711 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16712 is executing in.\n\
16714 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16715 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16717 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16718 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16719 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16720 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16722 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16723 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16724 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16725 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16728 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16732 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16733 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16734 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16735 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16736 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16737 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16738 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16739 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16740 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16741 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16742 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16743 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16744 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16745 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16746 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16747 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16749 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16750 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16751 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16752 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16753 breakpoint set."));
16756 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16757 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16758 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16759 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16760 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16761 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16762 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16763 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16764 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16766 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16767 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16768 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16769 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16770 breakpoint set."));
16772 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16775 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16776 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16777 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16778 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16779 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16780 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16781 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16782 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16783 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16785 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16786 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16787 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16788 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16789 breakpoint set."));
16791 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16792 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16793 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16794 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16795 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16796 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16797 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16798 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16799 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16800 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16801 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16802 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16803 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16805 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16806 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16807 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16808 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16810 &maintenanceinfolist);
16812 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16813 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16814 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16815 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16817 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16818 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16819 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16820 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16822 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16823 catch_fork_command_1,
16825 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16826 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16827 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16828 catch_fork_command_1,
16830 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16831 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16832 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16833 catch_exec_command_1,
16837 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16838 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16839 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16840 catch_load_command_1,
16844 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16845 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16846 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16847 catch_unload_command_1,
16851 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16852 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16853 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16854 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16855 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16856 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16857 catch_syscall_command_1,
16858 catch_syscall_completer,
16862 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16863 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16864 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16865 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16866 an expression changes.\n\
16867 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16868 the memory to which it refers."));
16869 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16871 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16872 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16873 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16874 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16875 an expression is read.\n\
16876 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16877 the memory to which it refers."));
16878 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16880 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16881 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16882 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16883 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16884 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16885 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16886 the memory to which it refers."));
16887 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16889 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16890 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16892 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16893 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16894 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16895 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16896 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16897 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16898 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16899 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16900 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16903 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16904 &setlist, &showlist);
16906 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16908 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16910 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16911 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16913 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16914 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16915 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16917 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16918 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16919 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16920 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16922 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16923 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16925 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16926 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16927 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16929 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16930 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16932 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16933 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16934 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16935 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16936 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16937 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16938 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16939 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16940 the selected stack frame.\n\
16941 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16942 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16943 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16944 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16946 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16948 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16949 conditions are different.\n\
16951 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16952 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16953 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16955 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16956 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16957 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16958 last tracepoint set."));
16960 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16962 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16963 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16964 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16965 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16967 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16969 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16970 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16971 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16972 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16974 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16976 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16977 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16978 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16979 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16981 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16983 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16984 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16985 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16986 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16987 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16989 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16990 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16991 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16992 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16994 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16995 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16996 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16997 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16998 session to restore them."),
17000 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
17002 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
17003 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
17004 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
17006 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
17008 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
17009 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
17011 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
17012 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17013 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17014 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17015 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
17016 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
17017 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
17018 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
17019 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
17020 pending breakpoint behavior"),
17021 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
17022 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
17024 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
17025 &pending_break_support, _("\
17026 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17027 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
17028 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
17029 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
17030 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
17031 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
17033 show_pending_break_support,
17034 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17035 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17037 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
17039 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
17040 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
17041 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17042 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
17043 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
17044 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
17045 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
17047 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
17048 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17049 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17051 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
17052 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
17053 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17054 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
17055 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
17056 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
17057 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
17058 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
17059 when execution stops."),
17061 &show_always_inserted_mode,
17062 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17063 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17065 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
17066 condition_evaluation_enums,
17067 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
17068 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17069 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
17070 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
17071 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
17072 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
17073 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
17074 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
17075 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
17076 be set to \"gdb\""),
17077 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
17078 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
17079 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
17080 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
17082 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
17083 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
17084 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
17085 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
17086 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
17087 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
17088 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
17089 or the start of the range\n\
17090 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
17091 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
17092 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
17094 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
17095 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
17096 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
17098 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
17099 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
17100 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
17101 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
17102 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
17103 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
17104 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
17106 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
17107 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
17108 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17109 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
17110 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
17111 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
17112 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
17113 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
17114 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
17115 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
17116 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17117 &setlist, &showlist);
17119 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
17120 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
17121 &dprintf_function, _("\
17122 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17123 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
17124 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17125 &setlist, &showlist);
17127 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
17128 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
17129 &dprintf_channel, _("\
17130 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
17131 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
17132 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
17133 &setlist, &showlist);
17135 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
17136 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
17137 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17138 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
17139 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
17140 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
17143 &setlist, &showlist);
17145 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
17146 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
17147 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
17149 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
17151 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
17152 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);